Quarterlytics / Industrials / Industrial - Machinery / Luxfer Holdings PLC

Luxfer Holdings PLC

lxfr · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker lxfr
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Industrial - Machinery
Employees 1450
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Luxfer Holdings PLC
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Registered No. 03690830

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Annual Report and Financial Statements

31 December, 2021

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC ¦ Lumns Lane ¦ Manchester ¦ M27 8LN

 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Contents

STRATEGIC REPORT

Principal Activities and Review of the Business

Strategy and Business Model

Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”)

Review of the Year Ended 31 December, 2021

Environment, Social and Governance ("ESG") Matters

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

GOVERNANCE

The Board of Directors

Corporate Governance

Executive Leadership Team

Directors’ Report

Directors’ Interests and Related Party Transactions

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Remuneration Report

Statement of Directors' Responsibilities in Respect of the Financial Statements

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Income Statement

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Balance Sheet

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Company Balance Sheet

Company Cash Flow Statement

Company Statement of Changes in Equity

Notes to the Company Financial Statements

3

3

4

5

6

29

9

14

14

19

26

37

37

41

43

62

63

71

71

72

73

74

75

76

124

125

126

127

1

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Glossary of Terms

Unless the context in which we use the terms indicates otherwise, the following terms used in this report have 
the following meanings:

AGM

Annual General Meeting of the Company.

Articles

The Articles  of Association  of  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  adopted  by  special  resolution  of  the 
Company  on  26  October  2011,  effective  from  the  date  of  the  I.P.O.  (and  subsequently 
updated).

Companies Act U.K. Companies Act 2006.

FPI

GAAP

Group

IFRS

I.P.O.

NYSE

Foreign Private Issuer under the SEC registration rules.

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles is an accounting standard adopted by the U.S. 
Securities and Exchange Commission.

Luxfer Holdings PLC and its subsidiaries.

International Accounting Standards in conformity with the requirements of Companies Act 
2006

The  Initial  Public  Offering  in  the  U.S.  completed  by  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  on  9  October, 
2012.

New York Stock Exchange.

£0.50 Ordinary 
Shares

SEC

Year

LTIP

The Company’s ordinary shares of £0.50 each.

Securities and Exchange Commission of the U.S.

1 January, 2021, to 31 December, 2021.

Long-Term Umbrella Incentive Plan.

2

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

STRATEGIC REPORT

Principal Activities and Review of the Business 

Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  ("Luxfer,"  "the  Company,"  "we,"  "our")  is  a  global  industrial  company  innovating  niche 
applications  in  materials  engineering.  Luxfer  focuses  on  value  creation  by  using  its  broad  array  of  technical 
know-how  and  proprietary  technologies.  Luxfer's  high-performance  materials,  components  and  high-pressure 
gas  containment  devices  are  used  in  defense,  first  response  and  healthcare,  transportation  and  general 
industrial applications.

The principal activity of Luxfer Holdings PLC is that of the holding company for the Luxfer Group. 

We focus primarily on product lines related to magnesium alloys, zirconium chemicals and carbon composites. 
We  have  a  long  history  of  innovation  derived  from  our  strong  technical  expertise,  and  we  work  closely  with 
customers to apply solutions to their most demanding product needs. Our proprietary technologies and technical 
expertise, coupled with strong customer service and global presence, provide competitive advantages and have 
established  us  as  leaders  in  the  global  markets  we  serve.  We  believe  that  we  have  leading  positions  in  key 
product  areas,  including  magnesium  aerospace  alloys,  photo-engraving  plates,  zirconium  chemicals  for 
automotive  catalytic  converters,  and  high-pressure  composite  cylinders  for  breathing  applications  and  a  wide 
variety of other uses.

We have a global presence, operating 13 manufacturing plants in the U.S., the U.K., Canada and China,  one of 
which relates to discontinued operations, and we also have a joint venture in Japan. We employ approximately 
1,400 people, including temporary staff, of which fewer than 100 relate to discontinued operations.

Luxfer operates in two business segments - Elektron and Gas Cylinders:

Our Elektron Segment focuses on specialty materials based primarily on magnesium and zirconium. Our key 
product lines under the Elektron Segment includes: 

•

Advanced  lightweight,  corrosion-resistant  and  heat-  and  flame-resistant  magnesium  alloys  for  use  in 
aerospace, healthcare and oil and gas applications.

• Magnesium powders used in countermeasure flares that protect aircrafts from heat-seeking missiles and 

also for heating pads for self-heating meals used by the military and emergency-relief agencies.

•

High-performance  zirconium-based  materials  and  oxides  used  as  catalysts  and  in  the  manufacture  of 
advanced ceramics, fiber-optic fuel cells, pharmaceuticals and many other performance products.  

• Magnesium, copper, and zinc photoengraving plates for graphic arts and luxury packaging. 

Our Gas Cylinders Segment manufactures and markets specialized, highly-engineered cylinders using carbon 
composites and aluminum. Our key product lines under the Gas Cylinders Segment include:

•

•

•

Carbon composite cylinders for compressed natural gas (CNG) and hydrogen containment in alternative 
fuel (AF) vehicles. 

Carbon  composite  cylinders  for  self-contained  breathing  apparatus  (SCBA),  used  by  firefighters  and 
other emergency-responders. Our products are also used by scuba divers and personnel in potentially 
hazardous environments, such as mines.

Cylinders  used  for  the  containment  of  oxygen  and  other  medical  gases  used  by  patients,  healthcare 
facilities and laboratories.

3

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Strategy and Business Model

Despite  the  exceptional  economic  challenges  of  2021,  we  ended  the  year  with  a  strong  balance  sheet  and 
returned approximately $20 million to shareholders through dividends and share buybacks throughout the year. 
Our solid financial performance in 2021 was backed by strong progress on our strategic Transformation Plan, a 
key  driving  factor  in  our  overall  business  strategy.  Our  Transformation  Plan  is  underpinned  by  the  Luxfer 
Business Excellence Standard Toolkit ("Luxfer BEST"), which consists of the following themes:

•

•

•

•

•

A  common  set  of  values  that  drive  accountability,  innovation,  customer  first,  personal  development, 
teamwork and integrity;

A  lean  enterprise  philosophy  comprised  of  the  five  pillars  of  Luxfer  BEST  which  drive  operational 
excellence  in  sales,  marketing,  innovation,  human  resources,  supply,  manufacturing,  information 
technology and finance;

Disciplined capital allocation with the aim of maximizing organic growth and the product portfolio value 
through value-enhancing acquisitions and divestitures;

Balanced  scorecards  reviewed  by  our  leadership  teams  to  measure  performance  and  ensure  that 
compensation is commensurate with individual performance; and

A  published  Customer  Charter  designed  to  retain  and  grow  our  customer  base  and  capture  additional 
market share.

Over  the  past  few  years,  we  have  worked  under  the  Transformation  Plan  to  generate  long-term  shareholder 
value  by  simplifying  the  Company's  structure,  launch  growth  initiatives,  generate  significant  cost  savings,  and 
instill a high-performance growth culture. During Phase I of the Plan, we substantially simplified our operations 
through  divesture  of  most  of  our  aluminum  operations.  We  also  expanded  our  investor  base,  streamlined  our 
financial reporting, and enhanced our corporate governance practices. 

In Phase II of the plan, we focused on driving growth by focusing on our customers, rebuilding our new products 
pipeline,  maintaining  commercial  excellence,  and  pursuing  value-creating  acquisitions.  Specifically,  we 
successfully  acquired  Structural  Composites  Industries  in  March  2021  which  provided  several  benefits  to  our 
customers  including  (i)  expanded  technology  capabilities  and  product  offerings;  (ii)  increased  equipment  and 
operational capabilities, providing flexibility and better service to customers; and (iii) further investment in R&D 
and  innovation.  Our  Elektron  segment  also  launched  new  UGR-E  offerings  in  our  MRE  product  line  and  is 
working  to  apply  our  expertise  in  zirconium  technology  to  new  products  in  the  medical  and  electronics  end-
market.  With  our  continued  focus  on  innovation,  Luxfer  will  continue  maintaining  strong  relationships  with  our 
current customers and establish bonds with new customers under Phase II of the Plan.    

Going  into  2022,  we  have  entered  the  final  Phase  of  the Transformation  Plan  with  a  solid  foundation  for  long-
term growth. As such, we announced our decision to raise our earnings per share guidance to $2.00 or more by 
2025,  demonstrating  our  confidence  in  the  future  earnings  power  of  the  Company.  Our  Transformation  Plan, 
backed by Luxfer BEST, are at the core of our business strategy. We believe that these tools and strategies give 
us a stronger competitive advantage, allowing us to focus on innovation and new product development, further 
drive  our  strong  technical  expertise  and  know-how,  diversify  our  customer  base,  and  accelerate  shareholder 
value creation. 

4

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”)

Luxfer  used  the  following  performance  indicators  to  assess  its  development  against  its  strategic  and  financial 
objectives in 2021. 

Since 2018, KPIs were monitored under U.S. GAAP. and these reconciliations to non-GAAP measures can be 
found in our Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 24, 2022. Prior to 2018, the primary GAAP was IFRS. 

All years have been restated for discontinued operations.

Operating performance

Revenue
Adjusted net income1

Basic earnings per share

Adjusted diluted earnings per ordinary share
Adjusted EBITDA2
Revenue per employee3

Financial performance

Net cash flow from operating activities
Net debt to adjusted EBITDA4

Non-financial performance
Number of work-related accidents causing lost days5
ISO 14001 environmental management system certification6

Economic indicators

Average U.S. dollar to GBP sterling exchange rate

Average Euro to GBP sterling exchange rate

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

  374.1    324.8    373.4    401.9    348.0 

36.2   

28.9   

40.9   

48.0   

0.90   

0.61   

0.15   

0.55   

1.29   

1.03   

1.47   

1.73   

63.4   

53.9   

67.1   

79.6   

27.6 

0.43 

1.03 

57.1 

247 

$'000s

285   

256   

279   

285   

$m

$m

$

$

$m

$m

times

LTAs

%

$:£

€:£

30.6   

56.9   

10.2   

57.3   

45.2 

0.8   

1.0   

1.2   

0.8   

1.6 

15   

8   

5   

18   

12 

65.9   

69.2   

86.4   

92.1   

90.0 

1.38   

1.28   

1.28   

1.33   

1.17   

1.13   

1.12   

1.13   

1.30 

1.14 

1.

2.

A non-GAAP measure for net income after tax, excluding certain non-trading items. Reconciliation to GAAP 
measure is disclosed in our Form 10-K, filed with the SEC ('Securities and Exchange Commission of the U.S.') on 
February 24, 2022.
A non-GAAP measure for earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation and other items. 
Reconciliation to GAAP measure is disclosed in Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 24, 2022.

3. Revenue per employee is defined as revenue from continuing operations divided by the average number of monthly 

4.

5.

6.

employees for the year.
Net debt is defined as cash and cash equivalents less non-current bank and other loans.
Under regulations issued by the Occupational Safety & Health Administration of the U.S. Department of Labor, Lost 
Time Accidents ("LTAs") are defined as the number of work-related accidents resulting in an absence from the 
workplace for a minimum of one full work day. 
Percentage of revenue originating from ISO14001-certified businesses.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Review of the Year Ended 31 December, 2021

Although  we  faced  challenges  in  2021  due  to  the  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  supply-chain 
constraints,  we  continued  to  launch  growth  and  lean  manufacturing  initiatives,  deliver  strong  productivity,  and 
invest in our culture and talent. This strategic progress reflects our focus on executing our Transformation Plan, 
which  was  designed  to  profitably  grow  the  Luxfer  business  and  increase  returns  to  our  shareholders.  Further 
details on our Transformation Plan can be found on page 4 of the Strategic Report. 

From  2016  to  2019,  our  top  line  growth  averaged  5%,  however  due  to  COVID-19  in  2020,  our  revenue 
performance for 2020 showed a decline of 13%. In 2021, our revenue grew 15.2%, aided by the acquisition of 
Structural  Composite  Industries  LLP  ("SCI")  as  well  as  the  recovery  in  volumes  adversely  impacted  by 
COVID-19 in the prior year. Coupled with our cost reductions efforts adjusted EBITDA grew from 2020 by 17.6% 
to $63.4 million, with an adjusted EBITDA margin 16.9% (2020: 16.6%). We ended 2021 with a strong balance 
sheet, with a slight decrease in our net debt to $53.4 million, but an improved net debt to adjusted EBITDA ratio 
of 0.8x compared to 1.0x at the end of 2020. We generated $21.5 million in free cash flow over the year, using 
approximately $4 million in cash for restructuring activities related to our Transformation Plan. Net income from 
continuing  operations  for  2021  was  $24.8  million  compared  to  $17.8  million  in  2020.  We  continued  to  return 
funds to shareholders in the form of regular dividends each quarter throughout 2020 and $6.4 million in the form 
of share buybacks. As markets recover we expect to return to growth in 2022 and with a strong balance sheet, 
Luxfer is well positioned to create additional value for our shareholders.

Translation Exchange Rates

The  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in  U.S.  dollars,  the  reporting  currency  of  the  Group.  The 
principal currencies used to translate the results of non-U.S. operations is GBP sterling. In 2021, GBP sterling 
fluctuations  relative  to  the  U.S.  dollar  resulted  in  net  favourable  movements  when  translating  the  operating 
results of U.K. operations into U.S. dollars. 

Revenue

On an IFRS reported basis, revenue from operations was $374.1 million in 2021, an increase from $324.8 million 
in 2020. The reasons for revenue decline are discussed in detail by segment below.

Elektron Segment revenue in 2021 was $195.8 million compared to $182.9 million in 2020, an increase of 7.1% 
on  the  prior  year,  largely  as  a  result  of  the  recovery  from  COVID-19  related  disruption  affecting  the  prior  year, 
especially: 

•

•

•

•

Increased sales of zirconium-based industrial catalysts;

Increased sales of magnesium photo-engraving plates;

Increased sales of military powders used in countermeasure flares; and

Increased sales of wrought magnesium alloys, especially those used in our transportation end markets.

This  was  partially  offset  by  decreased  revenues  from  Luxfer  Magtech  chemical  detection  kits  and  from  heater 
meals.

Gas  Cylinders  Segment  revenue  was  higher  at  $178.3  million  compared  to  $141.9  million  in  2020,  a  25.7% 
increase  on  the  prior  year.  The  result  was  primarily  due  to  the  recovery  of  our  markets  following  COVID-19 
related disruption in the prior year, as well as the acquisition of SCI at the end of the first quarter of the current 
year,  which  generated  $24.9  million  of  additional  revenues.  Revenues  increased  across  all  significant  product 
lines except for medical oxygen cylinders, sales of which had held up relatively well in the prior year.

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit

Gross  profit  of  $107.1m  increased  22.4%  from  $87.5m  in  2020.  The  $19.6m  increase  in  gross  profit  was 
primarily  the  result  of  production  efficiency  linked  to  increased  volumes  as  we  recovered  from  the  prior  year 
impact of COVID-19.  This was partially offset by the impact of material cost inflation not fully covered by price 
increases primarily in the fourth quarter.

6

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Operating Profit

Operating profit of $40.7 million increased 31.3% from $31.0 million in 2020. The $19.6 million increase in gross 
profit has resulted in increased distribution and administrative costs as the Company continues to recover from 
the COVID-19 pandemic. Restructuring and other expenses of $5.5 million were down from $7.3 million in 2020. 

In  response  to  uncertain  global  economic  conditions,  we  undertook  actions  to  reduce  the  Company's  cost 
structure  and  improve  operating  efficiency  in  2020.  These  actions  included  a  workforce  reduction  program 
resulting in $1.4 million of severance-related charges, of which $0.4 million and $0.9 million was incurred in the 
Gas Cylinders and Elektron segment respectively, and $0.1 million in Other.

Taxation 

In 2021, we reported a tax charge of $8.4 million on profit before tax of $33.2 million, representing an effective 
tax rate of  25.3%. The charge of $8.4 million was made up of a current income tax charge of $7.2 million and a 
deferred income tax charge of $1.2 million. The 2021 effective tax rate was impacted due to the effect of  non-
deductible expenses linked to restructuring projects.

In 2020, we reported a tax charge of $6.2 million on profit before tax of $24.0 million, representing an effective 
tax rate of 25.8%. The tax charge was made up of a current income tax charge of $2.2 million and a deferred tax 
charge  of  $4.0  million.  The  2020  effective  tax  rate  was  significantly  impacted  due  to  the  effect  of  large  non-
deductible expenses linked to restructuring projects.

Net Income for the Year

Net income for the year from continuing operations was $24.8 million, compared to $17.8 million in 2020. The 
increase  can  be  attributed  to  the  impact  of  the  prior  year  cost  saving  initiatives,  coupled  with  the  Company's 
recovery  from  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  Full  recovery  has  been  impacted  by  supply-chain  constraints 
experienced in the fourth quarter of 2021.

Cash Flow 

In  2021,  net  cash  flows  from  continuing  operating  activities  decreased  by  $27.1  million  to  $30.6  million  from 
$56.9  million  in  2020.  The  decrease  is  predominantly  due  to  an  increase  in  working  capital  as  a  result  of  the 
recovery from COVID-19. 

Net  cash  used  in  continuing  investing  activities  decreased  to  $5.0  million  compared  to  $7.1  million  in  2020. 
Capital expenditure in 2021 was $9.1 million, a $0.9 million increase compared with $8.2 million in 2020. In 2021 
the  Company  received  net  cash  proceeds  of  $20.2  million  from  the  sale  of  its  U.S.  aluminum  gas  cylinder 
business  and  $3.0  million  for  its  Superform  U.K.  business.  In  addition,  $0.2m  of  deferred  consideration  was 
received during the year from the sale of the Company's Indian joint venture in 2020. In 2020, $1.5 of cash was 
received from the disposal of businesses, due to the sale of its Indian joint venture. In March 2021, the Company 
completed  the  acquisition  of  the  SCI  business  of  Worthington  Industries,  Inc.,based  in  Pomona,  California,  for 
$19.3 million cash consideration.

The Company had net cash outflows from financing activities $20.7 million compared to $59.5 million in 2020. 
The main reason for the  decrease was the $25  million  early repayment of the loan note due in 2021, coupled 
with  the  $13.2  million  reduction  in  the  RCF  in  2020,  compared  with  a  $6.4  million  drawdown  in  2021.  Cash 
outflows  in  respect  of  dividend  payments  to  holders  of  our  ordinary  shares  were  $13.6  million,  consistent  with 
2020. The Company also initiated a share buyback programme in 2021 and repurchased $6.4 million worth of 
shares in the year.

Shareholder Equity and Borrowings 

Shareholder equity as at December 31, 2021, was $199.0 million, compared to $155.3 million at December 31, 
2020, the increase being primarily attributable to the contribution of net income and the favorable movement on 
the  defined  benefit  pension  plans,  partially  offset  by  dividend  distributions.  The  Company  had  gross  debt  of 
$59.6  million  and  net  debt  of  $53.4  million  as  at  December  31,  2021.  Invested  capital,  defined  as  total 
shareholder equity plus net debt, was $252.8 million as at December 31, 2021; this compares to an equivalent 
figure of $207.2 million in 2020. 

7

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Future Developments 

Operating objectives and trends that we expect to impact Luxfer in 2022 include the following:

• Organic growth initiatives with particular focus on revenue from new products;

•

•

•

•

•

•

Continued  monitoring  and  response  to  macro  economic  uncertainties,  including  COVID-19  and  global 
political events;

Actions to ensure continuity of supply of critical materials and services while safeguarding margins;

Proactive  response  on  health  and  well-being  of  employees  in  response  to  COVID-19,  including 
continuous improvement on safety;

Targeted improvements in ESG standing through investment in new projects;

Continued focus on recruiting and developing talent and driving a high-performance culture; and

Continued  focus  on  operating  cash  generation  with  lower  restructuring  activity  and  maintaining  strong 
working capital performance.

Essential Contracts or Arrangements

Apart  from  our  financing  agreements,  we  do  not  have  any  individual  contracts  or  other  arrangements  that  are 
fundamental to the ability of the business to operate effectively.

8

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Internal Controls and Risk Management 

Luxfer  has  a  comprehensive,  enterprise-wide  risk  management  program  designed  to  assess,  monitor,  and 
mitigate risks that arise in the course of business. Consistent with our leadership structure, management has the 
day-to-day responsibility for assessing and managing the Company’s risk exposure, while the Board of Directors 
provides oversight in connection with those efforts. 

In  general,  the  Board  oversees  the  management  of  risks  in  the  operation  of  the  Company’s  business;  the 
implementation of its strategic plan; its acquisitions and divestitures; its capital structure, allocation and liquidity; 
its  risk  management  controls;  and  its  organizational  structure. The  Board  fulfills  its  risk  oversight  function  both 
directly and through delegation to the Board Committees. Each of our Board Committees has historically focused 
and continues to focus on specific risks within their respective areas of responsibility. The Board performs its risk 
oversight  role  in  several  ways.  Board  meetings  regularly  include  strategic  overviews  by  the  Chief  Executive 
Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  that  describe  the  most  significant  issues  and  risks  affecting  the  Company. 
Additionally,  the  Board  is  regularly  provided  with  business  updates  from  our  business  unit  leaders,  General 
Counsel,  and  other  functional  leaders.  Reviewing  and  assessing  any  identified  risks  on  a  regular  basis,  the 
Board manages such risks in accordance with Luxfer’s Enterprise Risk Management process.

As  a  global,  multi-industrial  company,  Luxfer  faces  a  range  of  risks,  including  general  economic,  credit  and 
capital  market  conditions  risks,  regulatory  risks,  global  climate  change  risk,  and  several  other  risks,  which  are 
fully listed and explained in our annual Form 10-K filed with the SEC.

Internal Financial Controls

During  2021,  the  internal  audit  function  among  other  things,  continued  to  work  on  the  internal  controls  over 
financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. 

As  at  December  31,  2021,  the  Executive  Director  in  his  capacity  as  Chief  Executive  Officer  carried  out  an 
evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures under the 
supervision  and  the  participation  of  the  Executive  Leadership  Team,  responsible  for  the  management  of  the 
internal controls. In accordance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and as included 
in  the  Form  10-K  filed  with  the  SEC,  management  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  (the  2013  Framework) 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, 
management has concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2021.

Treasury and Financial Risk

The Group operates a central treasury function that controls all borrowing facilities, investment of surplus funds 
and management of financial risks.  The Group also has a number of financial risks.  The management of these 
financial  risks  and  mitigating  actions  are  explained  further  in  Note  28  of  the  Group  consolidated  financial 
statements.

We  set  out  in  the  tables  below  our  principal  risks  and  uncertainties  and  how  we  seek  to  mitigate  or  eliminate 
them.

Area of Risk

Dependency on certain key markets - The Group depends on 
certain end-markets, including automotive, self-contained breathing 
apparatus, aerospace and defence, medical and printing and paper. 
An economic downturn or regulatory changes in any of these end-
markets could reduce sales. To the extent that any of these cyclical 
end markets are in decline, at a low point in their economic cycle, or 
subject to regulatory change, sales and margins on those sales 
may be adversely affected. It is possible that all or most of these 
end markets could be in decline at the same time (e.g., during an 
economic downturn such as that caused by the current COVID-19 
pandemic). Any significant reduction in sales could have a material 
adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position and 
cash flows.

Mitigating Activity

The Group’s diverse product portfolio reduces the 
risk of any one adverse external economic factor 
impacting across all of these end-markets; 
however, a range of external factors could impact 
across the majority or all of the Group’s end-
markets. To further mitigate this risk, the Group 
continues to invest in research and development 
and to innovate, working closely with its 
customers, to develop next generation products in 
these end markets.

9

Effect of external factors due to the global nature of our 
business - Our global presence exposes us in the countries in 
which we operate to economic conditions, geopolitical risks, specific 
regulations and other external factors, which could affect our 
operations.  Following the U.K.'s exit from the European Union 
("EU") on January 31, 2020 a free trade agreement was reached 
between the U.K, and EU member states in December 2020, with 
new arrangements taking effect from January 1, 2021. The 
agreement allows for zero tariffs on goods moving between the UK 
and EU. However, the rules are complex and it is still possible that 
tariffs will apply, depending on the origin of components of any 
goods produced either in the UK or EU. There is also increased 
regulatory complexity and potential for disruption to the movement 
of raw materials and finished goods at the border. The impact of 
these changes will take time to be fully understood and may 
adversely affect our operations and financial results. 
Competition - Markets for many of the Group’s products are now 
increasingly global and highly competitive, especially in terms of 
quality, price and service.  The Group could lose market share as a 
result of these competitive pressures, which could negatively impact 
profit margins.  More generally, the Group may also face potential 
competition from manufacturers of products similar to the Group’s 
aluminum and magnesium-based products using other materials, 
such as steel, plastics or composite materials. 

Protection and development of intellectual property rights and 
changing industry requirements - As a result of the nature of the 
competition faced by the Group, its ability to remain profitable 
depends on its ability to protect intellectual property and to invest in 
research and development, which requires funding.

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

The Group’s diverse product portfolio and 
geographic spread reduces the risk of any one 
external factor impacting across all end-markets. 
The Group also closely monitors geopolitical and 
global economic developments in its markets and 
will be closely monitoring the free trade 
agreement between the UK and EU and will take 
action in response to future regulations regarding 
tariffs and the movement of raw materials and 
finished goods at the border. 

The Group continues to invest in new and better 
products and aims to focus its resources in 
speciality markets that need high-performance 
products and a reliable partner.

The Group seeks to protect its intellectual 
property through patents and by reducing the 
disclosure of commercially sensitive information.  
It also invests long-term in new products and 
manufacturing processes and maintains this 
investment through the business cycle.

Reliance on major customers - If the Group fails to maintain its 
relationships with its major customers, or fails to replace customers, 
or if there were reduced demand from such customers or for the 
products produced by such customers, it could reduce the Group’s 
sales and have an adverse effect on the Group’s financial position.  
The Group’s top 10 customers accounted for, in aggregate, 
approximately 30% of Group revenue in 2021.

Long-term relationships with customers are 
especially important, and the Group’s operations 
work closely with customers to ensure customer 
service is the best in the industry and aim to 
support our customers in their development of 
new products through our own product 
innovations and technical know-how.

Risks relating to interruption of operations - The Group’s 
production facilities are located worldwide.  Any of its facilities could 
suffer an interruption in production, either at separate times or at 
the same time, because of various unavoidable occurrences 
including major equipment failure.  Although the Group carries 
insurance, the cover on certain catastrophic events or natural 
disasters, including earthquakes and certain other events, could be 
limited.

Effect of international currency markets - Changes in foreign 
currency exchange rates or interest rates could cause sales to drop 
or costs to rise.  The Group conducts a large proportion of its 
commercial transactions, purchases of raw materials and sales of 
goods in various countries and regions outside of the U.K., 
including the U.S., continental Europe and Asia.  Changes in the 
relative values of currencies can decrease the profits of the 
Group’s operations through both the translation of profits into USD 
or on import and export transactions.

The Group performs routine maintenance on its 
production equipment on all its manufacturing 
sites. These maintenance programmes are 
carefully planned to keep all plants operating at a 
high level of efficiency, and to reduce the risk of 
breakdowns and failure of equipment. Health and 
Safety is also a major consideration in the 
operation of the Group manufacturing facilities 
and is carefully monitored. The Group carries 
comprehensive business interruption insurance.

The Group regularly enters into forward foreign 
currency exchange contracts to manage currency 
risks and a Treasury Committee, overseen by the 
Chief Financial Officer / Corporate Controller, 
monitors the implementation of the Group’s 
hedging policy.

10

Exposure to fluctuations in raw material - The Group is exposed 
to fluctuations in costs of the raw materials and utilities that are 
used to manufacture its products and can incur unexpected cost 
changes.  The primary raw material used in the manufacturing of 
gas cylinders and superformed panels is aluminum, and though our 
operations use specialist alloys, their prices are pegged directly or 
indirectly to the quoted London Metal Exchange prices for primary 
aluminum.  This makes the costs subject to speculative commodity 
cost changes, as well as fundamental supply and demand cost 
pressures.  We have also experienced significant cost fluctuations 
in other raw material costs such as primary magnesium, carbon 
fibre, zircon sand and rare earths.  The Group’s operations also buy 
and sell goods in regional markets that may be protected by tariff 
barriers.  Changes in these tariffs could have an adverse impact on 
the profitability of the operations.  The recovery in demand from the 
COVID-19 pandemic has had business impacts, including 
increased material cost inflation on key inputs, (such as 
magnesium, aluminum and carbon fiber), labor availability issues 
and energy and transport cost increases. Currently, our expectation 
is that the impact of material and energy cost inflation and labor and 
transport constraints will continue well into 2022. While we aim to 
pass on cost increases to customers through increased price, there 
is no guarantee that we will be able to do so in all circumstances.

Product liability and regulatory risks - The Group is exposed to 
possible claims for personal injury, fatality or property damage that 
could result from a failure of a product manufactured by the Group, 
or of a third party integrating a Group product.  Many factors 
beyond the Group’s control could lead to liability claims, which may 
in turn lead to product legal claims or disruption in sales to 
customers.  The Group could be required to pay a material amount 
if a claim is made against it that is not covered by insurance or 
otherwise subject to indemnification, or that exceeds the insurance 
coverage that the Group maintains.  Moreover, the Group does not 
routinely carry insurance to cover the expense of product recalls, 
and litigation involving significant product recalls or product liability 
could have a materially adverse effect on the Group’s financial 
position / performance.
Environmental costs and liabilities - The Group may be exposed 
to substantial environmental costs and liabilities, including liabilities 
associated with divested assets and prior activities performed on 
sites before we acquired an interest in them. Our operations, 
including the production and delivery of our products, are subject to 
a broad range of environmental laws and regulations in each of the 
jurisdictions in which we operates. An increase in environmental 
costs and liabilities could have a materially adverse effect on the 
Group in any given year, which could negatively affect the Group’s 
cash flows.
Risks relating to the Group’s retirement benefit plans - The 
Group operates defined benefit arrangements in the U.K and the 
U.S. These are further explained in Note 30 of the Group 
consolidated financial statements. Their funding requirements are 
subject to fluctuations in investment markets and changes in the life 
expectancy of members. Increased regulatory burdens have also 
proved to be a significant risk, with taxes such as the U.K.’s 
Pension Protection Fund Levy, which cost £0.4 million in 2021 (£0.4 
million in 2020). Regulations in this area can also constrain the level 
of debt incurred and restrict the Group’s ability to pay dividends. 

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

In the long-term the Group has sought to recover 
the cost of increased commodity and utility costs 
through price increases and surcharges. Short 
term fluctuations in the price risk on aluminum 
are mitigated by agreeing fixed prices with the 
suppliers, along with the use of LME derivative 
contracts.

Increasingly, in recent years we have included in 
our sales agreements an ability to share cost 
increases with our customers.

The Group uses its operating and technical 
expertise to mitigate these risks, with a strong 
emphasis on high levels of product quality and 
rigorous testing, and by ensuring that products 
are designed to meet or exceed the regulatory 
design standards of the markets they serve. 

The Group has also obtained insurance coverage 
for most of these types of liabilities.

To mitigate this risk the Group seeks to operate 
best practice procedures in this area and is in the 
process of attaining the ISO 14001 qualification at 
all of its larger manufacturing sites. The bulk of 
the Group’s known environmental issues are 
legacy problems that arose many years ago.  
Management have a programme in place to 
progressively improve and eliminate these historic 
issues.

The Group and the Trustees of the plans closely 
monitor the financial performance of the 
Schemes, taking actuarial and investment advice 
as appropriate. These are long-term liabilities, 
and we have a programme in place to contribute 
cash to our defined benefit plans over a number 
of years based on affordability and varied 
according to our net earnings. Plans are funded 
and assets are invested in a combination of 
equities and fixed income securities.

11

Exposure to risks related to cybersecurity threats and 
incidents - In the conduct of its business, the Group collects, uses, 
transmits and stores data on information technology systems. This 
data includes confidential information belonging to us, our 
customers and other business partners, as well as personally 
identifiable information of individuals. We have experienced, and 
expect to continue to be subject to, cybersecurity threats and 
incidents, ranging from employee error or misuse to individual 
attempts to gain unauthorised access to information systems to 
sophisticated and targeted measures known as advanced 
persistent threats, none of which have materially affected the Group 
to date. We also rely in part on the reliability of certain tested third 
parties’ cybersecurity measures, including firewalls, virus solutions 
and backup solutions. Cybersecurity incidents may result in 
business disruption, the misappropriation, corruption or loss of 
confidential information and critical data (ours or that of third 
parties), reputational damage, regulatory fines, litigation with third 
parties, diminution in the value of our investment in research and 
development, data privacy issues and increased cybersecurity 
protection and remediation costs. Future cybersecurity breaches or 
incidents or further increases in cybersecurity protection costs may 
have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
or results of operations.

Our results of operations may continue to be negatively 
impacted by the coronavirus disease outbreak -The global 
COVID-19 outbreak, characterized by increased business 
uncertainty and broad based market weakness, had an adverse 
impact on our financial results during 2020, impacting demand 
across most of our end markets. We took a variety of actions during 
2020 to help mitigate the financial impact, including executing 
additional cost savings measures, reducing our capital spending, 
initiating restructuring actions and proactively managing our working 
capital. Activity in most of the end markets we serve has improved 
throughout 2021 following the adverse impact of COVID-19 on prior 
year volumes, with current year fourth quarter like-for-like sales 
returning to positive growth versus the pre-pandemic 2019 level for 
the first time, and with full year 2021 sales only around 7% lower 
than 2019. The recovery in demand has had business impacts, 
including increased material cost inflation on key inputs, (such as 
magnesium, aluminum and carbon fiber), labor availability issues 
and energy and transport cost increases. Currently, our expectation 
is that the impact of material and energy cost inflation and labor and 
transport constraints will continue well into 2022. While we aim to 
pass on cost increases to customers through increased price, there 
is no guarantee that we will be able to do so in all circumstances.

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

The Group devotes significant resources to 
network security, data encryption and other 
measures to protect our systems and data from 
unauthorised access or misuse, including to meet 
certain information security standards that may be 
required by our customers, all of which increases 
cybersecurity protection costs. As these threats, 
and government and regulatory oversight of 
associated risks, continue to evolve, we may be 
required to expend additional resources to 
enhance or expand upon the security measures 
we currently maintain.

The Company continues to monitor the COVID-19 
situation closely, while simultaneously executing 
business continuity plans. These business 
continuity plans include, but are not limited to, (i) 
retooling operations to maintain social distance 
and maximize employee safety; (ii) increasing 
resources and efforts to satisfy demand from the 
most impactful parts of our business; (iii) 
expanding flexible work arrangements and 
policies, where practical, to maximize employee 
safety; (iv) increased monitoring of short-term 
cash flow, including measures to reduce costs 
and generate cash; and (v) providing regular 
updates to our shareholders, employees, 
customers, and suppliers in a transparent and 
timely manner.  

Despite the adverse macro trends, the Company 
has a strong balance sheet and access to an 
existing $100 million credit facility, of which only 
$10.8 million was drawn down at the end of the 
year following continued strong cash generation. 
Furthermore, as our net debt to adjusted EBITDA 
ratio has fallen to 0.8x at the end of 2021 (from 
1.0x at the end of 2020), we have identified no 
issues in relation to financial covenants nor 
availability of funding for continued operations. 

12

Approval

The Strategic Report is set out on pages 3 to 13 and incorporates the sections titled Environment, Social and 
Governance ("ESG") Matters and Principal Risks and Uncertainties.

Signed on behalf of the Board by: 

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

A Maskara

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

April 21, 2022

13

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

GOVERNANCE

The Board of Directors

In 2021, Luxfer’s Board of Directors was comprised of six (6) Non-Executive Directors including the Board Chair, 
and one (1) Executive Director. The maximum number of Directors permitted under the Articles is ten (10). The 
Directors have an interest in the shares of the Company as set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 40 to 
60.

The  Directors  of  the  Company  who  were  in  office  during  fiscal  year  2021  and  up  to  the  date  of  signing  the 
financial statements were:

Name
Alok Maskara (1)

Patrick Mullen (2)

Age

Position

51 Outgoing Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer

57 Non-Executive Director (Board Chair)

David F. Landless (3)

62 Non-Executive Director

Clive J. Snowdon

69 Non-Executive Director

Richard J. Hipple

69 Non-Executive Director

Allisha Elliott (4)

51 Non-Executive Director 

Lisa G. Trimberger

61 Non-Executive Director

Notes: 
1.

Alok Maskara will step down as Chief Executive Officer of the Company effective May 6, 2022. 

2.

3.

4.

Patrick Mullen was appointed to the Board on September 1, 2021. Mr. Mullen was appointed Board Chair effective March 11, 2022. 

David Landless served as Board Chair from 2019 to March 11, 2022. He will continue serving as a Non-Executive Director and member of the Nominating 
and Governance Committee through June 8, 2022, as he is not seeking re-election at the Company's 2022 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. 

Allisha Elliott resigned from the Board effective December 31, 2021.  

The Company wishes to highlight the following Board transitions:

•

•

•

•

Alok Maskara, who has served as Chief Executive Officer and a member of Luxfer's Board since May 
2017, has elected to leave the Company in pursuit of another opportunity. With unanimous approval from 
the Board, Andrew "Andy" Butcher was named Chief Executive Officer and a member of Luxfer's Board 
of Directors effective May 6, 2022. 

Patrick Mullen was appointed as Non-Executive Director in September 2021. Mr. Mullen was identified 
as a potential new Director due largely to his executive management and leadership experience and his 
extensive global industrial and engineering background. As of January 1, 2022, he serves as a member 
of the Nominating and Governance Committee and the Remuneration Committee. 

David  Landless,  who  was  elected  to  the  Board  in  2013  and  served  as  Board  Chair  since  2019, 
announced his decision not to stand for re-election at the Company's 2022 Annual General Meeting of 
Shareholders.  Mr.  Landless'  retirement  is  in  accordance  with  the  Company's  Corporate  Governance 
Guidelines, which advises retirement of Directors after nine years' service. Effective March 11, 2022, the 
Board appointed Mr. Mullen to succeed Mr. Landless as Board Chair. Mr. Mullen will continue to serve as 
a  member  of  the  Nominating  and  Governance  Committee  and  the  Remuneration  Committee.  Mr. 
Landless  will  continue  to  serve  as  a  Non-Executive  Director  and  a  member  of  the  Nominating  and 
Governance  Committee  until  the  conclusion  of  the  Company's  2022  Annual  General  Meeting  of 
Shareholders on June 8, 2022.

Allisha Elliott, who was elected to the Board in 2019, resigned from the Board effective December 31, 
2021.  Ms.  Elliott's  resignation  was  not  the  result  of  any  disagreement  with  management  or  the  Board, 
but rather, was driven by personal considerations. 

In accordance with our Articles of Association, the number of Directors on the Board shall not be less than two 
and  not  more  than  ten.  The  Board,  based  on  the  recommendation  of  the  Nominating  and  Governance 
Committee, propose that the following five nominees be elected at the Annual General Meeting ("AGM"), each of 
whom will hold office until the next AGM or until his or her successor shall have been appointed and qualified: 

•

Andrew "Andy" Butcher

14

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

•

•

•

•

Patrick Mullen

Richard Hipple

Clive Snowdon

Lisa Trimberger

All nominees are currently Directors of Luxfer Holdings PLC with the exception of Andy Butcher, who will join the 
Board upon his appointment as CEO effective May 6, 2022. All nominees were elected by shareholders at the 
2021 Annual General Meeting with the exception of Patrick Mullen, who joined the Board on September 1, 2021, 
and Andy Butcher, both of whom are standing for election for the first time.

Biographical information of the current members of our Board of Directors and former members who served on 
the Board during fiscal year 2021 is set forth below:

Patrick Mullen 

Board Chair

Patrick  Mullen  was  appointed  a  Non-Executive  Director  in  September  2021  and  serves  as  a  member  of  the 
Nominating  and  Governance  Committee  and  the  Remuneration  Committee.  He  was  appointed  Board  Chair 
effective March 11, 2022. 

Mr.  Mullen  served  as  the  former  President  and  CEO  of  Chicago  Bridge  &  Iron  Company  ("CB&I"),  an 
engineering,  procurement,  and  construction  company,  until  2018.  Prior  to  his  20  years  at  CB&I,  he  spent  12 
years  with  Honeywell's  UOP  division,  a  supplier  of  petroleum  refining,  gas  processing,  and  petrochemical 
production technology. From 2014 to 2019, Mr. Mullen served as a Director of Vectren Corporation, a domestic 
energy delivery company, and from 2017 to 2018, he served as a Director of CB&I. He has served on the boards 
of  the  National  Safety  Council  and  Chevron  Lummus  Global,  a  developer  and  licensor  of  refining 
hyrdroprocessing technologies and alternative source fuels. From 2014 to 2020, Mr. Mullen served as a member 
of  the  National  Association  of  Corporate  Directors  and  was  a  Board  Leadership  Fellow  in  2019.  Mr.  Mullen 
earned  his  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Chemical  Engineering  from  the  University  of  Notre  Dame  and  his 
Master  of  Business Administration  degree  from  the  Kellogg  Graduate  School  of  Management  at  Northwestern 
University. 

Mr.  Mullen's  qualifications  to  be  a  member  of  our  Board  include  his  executive  management  and  leadership 
experience and his extensive global industrial and engineering background. He also brings experience serving 
on the boards of other publicly traded companies. 

David F. Landless 

Outgoing Non-Executive Director

David  Landless  was  appointed  a  Non-Executive  Director  in  March  2013.  Mr.  Landless  served  as  Board  Chair 
from May 2019 through March 11, 2022. In August 2021, Mr. Landless announced his decision not to stand re-
election  at  the  2022  Annual  General  Meeting  of  Shareholders.  He  will  continue  to  act  as  a  Non-Executive 
Director and a member of the Nominating and Governance Committee until the conclusion of the Annual General 
Meeting of Shareholders on June 8, 2022. 

Mr.  Landless  started  his  career  with  Bowater  Plc,  a  pulp,  paper,  and  related  products  manufacturer,  and 
Carrington  Viyella  Plc,  a  manufacturer  of  woven  textiles.  He  joined  the  fiber  and  chemical  manufacturer, 
Courtaulds  Plc,  in  1984.  Mr.  Landless  was  appointed  Finance  Director  in  several  U.K.  and  U.S.  divisions  of 
Courtaulds Plc from 1989 to 1997 and the Finance Director of Courtaulds Coatings (Holdings) Limited from 1997 
to 1999. In 1999, Mr. Landless was appointed Group Finance Director of Bodycote plc, the leading provider of 
heat treatment and specialist thermal processing services worldwide, and he held that position until he retired on 
January 1, 2017. He is a Non-Executive Director of Innospec, Inc., as well as Renold plc and European Metal 
Recycling  Limited.  He  chairs  the  Audit  Committees  at  Innospec  and  Renold.  Mr.  Landless  is  a  Chartered 
Management Accountant. He graduated from the University of Manchester Institute of Science and Technology.

Mr. Landless’ qualifications to be a member of  our  Board throughout 2021 include his extensive experience in 
manufacturing and engineering businesses, particularly as Group Finance Director of a global industrial business 
that operates in similar markets as Luxfer. In addition, he has a strong understanding of financial controls and 
audit  requirements.  He  also  brings  significant  experience  from  serving  on  the  boards  of  other  publicly-traded 
companies in both the U.S. and the U.K.

15

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Alok Maskara 

Outgoing Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director

Alok Maskara was named Chief Executive Officer designate of Luxfer and appointed to the Board of Directors on 
May  23,  2017.  He  became  Luxfer’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  on  July  1,  2017.  In  March  2022,  Mr.  Maskara 
announced his decision to leave the Company in pursuit of another opportunity effective May 6, 2022. 

During  his  tenure,  Mr.  Maskara  led  significant  growth  and  transformation  initiatives  at  the  Company.  He  has 
significantly  reshaped  Luxfer’s  Board  of  Directors  by  adding  more  U.S.  public  company  experience  and 
increased the Board’s diversity. Additionally, Mr. Maskara changed the structure of the public listing and instituted 
new corporate governance policies, which enabled the Company to join the Russell 2000 index in 2019.

Mr.  Maskara  has  over  twenty-five  years  of  leadership  experience  in  multiple  manufacturing  and  technology 
industries,  including  advanced  materials,  water  and  flow  technologies,  and  electrical  protection.  Before  joining 
Luxfer, he was a business segment President at Pentair Plc, a water solutions company, for eight years, where 
he led businesses of progressively larger sizes. During his time at Pentair, he delivered organic growth in mature 
industries, while also successfully completing multiple global acquisitions, divestitures, and joint ventures. Prior 
to Pentair, Mr. Maskara was with General Electric Corporation, an industrial manufacturing company, where he 
gained significant experience in Lean Manufacturing through his leadership of an executive corporate initiative 
group focused on Lean. He subsequently led a stand-alone business unit in the water industry, which was later 
sold to Pentair. Mr. Maskara also worked at McKinsey & Company, a management consultant firm, in both their 
Chicago  and  Amsterdam  offices.  While  at  McKinsey,  he  advised  businesses  on  industrial  turnarounds  and 
driving growth through customer insights and segmentation.

Mr.  Maskara  is  a  co-author  of  nine  patents  in  advanced  materials.  He  holds  an  M.B.A.  from  the  J.L.  Kellogg 
Graduate  School  of  Management  at  Northwestern  University,  an  M.S.  in  Chemical  Engineering  from  the 
University  of  New  Mexico,  and  a  Bachelor  of  Technology  degree  in  Chemical  Engineering  from  the  Indian 
Institute of Technology, Mumbai.

Mr.  Maskara’s  qualifications  to  be  a  member  of  our  Board  throughout  2021  include  his  extensive  leadership 
experience  in  global  industrial  manufacturing  businesses,  his  value-enhancing  growth  and  acquisition 
experience, his educational background, and his knowledge of advanced materials.

Andy Butcher

Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director Designate

Andy Butcher has been named and will serve as Chief Executive Officer effective May 6, 2022, at which time he 
will also be appointed as an Executive Director. 

Mr.  Butcher  has  served  as  President  of  Luxfer  Gas  Cylinders,  Luxfer's  largest  business  unit,  since  2014.  Mr. 
Butcher joined Luxfer in 1991 and has held positions of increasing responsibility throughout his career with the 
Company.  In  2002,  he  led  the  development  of  Luxfer's  composite  gas  cylinders  business,  first  as  General 
Manager and then as Executive Vice President. Mr. Butcher currently serves as a Director and Executive Officer 
of  various  affiliates  and  subsidiaries  of  the  Company.  Mr.  Butcher  holds  an  M.A.  degree  in  Engineering  from 
Cambridge University and an M.B.A. from Keele University, both located in England.

Mr.  Butcher's  qualifications  to  be  a  member  of  our  Board  include  his  more  than  30  years  of  experience  with 
Luxfer, his value-enhancing growth and acquisition experience, his deducational background, and his knowledge 
of advanced materials. 

Clive J. Snowdon

Non-Executive Director

Clive Snowdon was appointed a Non-Executive Director in July 2016 and has served as Chair of the Nominating 
and Governance Committee since April 2020. He acts as a financial expert, as defined by NYSE listing rules, on 
the Audit Committee, which he joined in August 2016. 

Mr. Snowdon served as Chairman of the Midlands Aerospace Alliance, an association supporting the aerospace 
industry across the Midlands region of England, from 2007 through 2016. He currently serves as a Trustee of the 
Stratford Town Trust and is also the Aerospace Industry Advisor to Cooper Parry Corporate Finance, a corporate 
finance  advisory.  In  May  2016,  Mr.  Snowdon  stepped  down  from  the  Board  of  Hill  &  Smith  Holdings  PLC,  an 
international group of companies operating within the infrastructure and galvanizing markets, where he had been 
a Senior Non-Executive Director since May 2007, Chair of the Remuneration Committee, and a member of the 
Audit and Nominating and Governance Committees.

16

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

In June 2011, Mr. Snowdon retired from Umeco PLC, a provider of advanced composite materials, after serving 
as  Chief  Executive  since  April  1997.  Mr.  Snowdon  was  also  the  Executive  Chairman  of  Shimtech  Industries 
Group Limited until the sale of the business in May 2015. From 1992 to 1997, Mr. Snowdon served as Managing 
Director of Burnfield PLC, after being promoted to that position from Finance Director. He has also held senior 
positions with Vickers plc, BTR plc, and Hawker Siddeley Group. Mr. Snowdon is a Chartered Accountant. He 
received his Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from the University of Leeds.

Mr. Snowdon’s qualification to be a member of our Board include his experience as a former Chief Executive of a 
U.K. public company, his strong understanding of U.K. PLC requirements, his significant experience in mergers 
and acquisitions, and his skill in interacting with investors.

Richard J. Hipple  

Non-Executive Director

Richard Hipple was appointed a Non-Executive Director in November 2018, at which time he was also appointed 
the Chair of the Remuneration Committee and a member of the Audit Committee.

Mr.  Hipple  served  as  the  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Materion  Corporation,  a  producer  of  high-
performance  advanced  engineered  materials,  from  2006  until  his  retirement  in  2017,  as  well  as  President  and 
Chief  Operating  Officer  from  2005  to  2006.  Prior  to  that,  Mr.  Hipple  worked  in  the  steel  industry  for  twenty-six 
years  in  numerous  capacities,  including  project  engineering,  strategic  planning,  supply  chain  management, 
operations, sales and marketing, and executive management. Mr. Hipple has served as a Director of KeyCorp 
(NYSE:  KEY),  a  bank-based  financial  services  company,  since  2012  and  is  Chair  of  the Audit  Committee  and 
member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Since 2017, he has also served as a Director 
of  the  Barnes  Group  (NYSE:  B),  a  global  industrial  manufacturing  company,  and  is  a  member  of  the 
Compensation  and  Management  Development  and  Corporate  Governance  Committees.  From  2007  through 
2018,  Mr.  Hipple  served  on  the  Board  of  Ferro  Corporation,  a  leading  supplier  of  technology-based  functional 
coatings and color solutions. Mr. Hipple is Chair Emeritus and a Trustee of the Cleveland Institute of Music and 
has  served  as  a  Director  of  the  Greater  Cleveland  Partnership,  as  well  as  the  Manufacturers  Alliance  for 
Productivity and Innovation. Mr. Hipple received his Bachelor of Engineering degree from Drexel University.

Mr.  Hipple’s  qualifications  to  be  a  member  of  our  Board  include  his  extensive  executive  management  and 
leadership experience with a global manufacturer of high-performance engineered materials, his experience in 
business  development  and  strategic  transformation,  and  his  broad  involvement  in  both  domestic  and 
international acquisitions. He also brings experience serving on the boards of other publicly traded companies.

Allisha Elliott 

Former Non-Executive Director

Allisha  Elliott  served  as  a  Non-Executive  Director  and  a  member  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  and  the 
Nominating  and  Governance  Committee  from  March  2019  through  December  31,  2021,  the  date  of  her 
resignation from the Board. Ms. Elliott previously served as Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee 
from May 2019 through April 2020.

Ms.  Elliott  served  as  Chief  Human  Resources  Officer  at  Bose  Corporation,  a  global  consumer  electronics 
company.  Prior  to  Bose,  Ms.  Elliott  was  the  Chief  Human  Resources  Officer  and  Senior  Vice  President  for 
Human Resources and Communications at Sensata Technologies, Inc., a global leader in providing sensor-rich 
solutions. Prior to joining Sensata Technologies, Ms. Elliott served in several human resource leadership roles in 
the global manufacturing industry, culminating as Vice President of Human Resources and Communications for 
Transportation Systems at Honeywell International Inc.

Ms.  Elliott  received  her  Master  of  Labor  and  Human  Resources  degree  from  the  University  of  Illinois  Urbana-
Champaign and her Bachelor of Arts degree in Sociology from Purdue University.

Ms.  Elliott’s  qualifications  to  be  a  member  of  our  Board  in  2021  include  her  significant  experience  in  Human 
Resources, particularly in relation to public and industrial companies, including her extensive knowledge in talent 
development, succession planning, and executive compensation.

17

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Lisa G. Trimberger 

Non-Executive Director

Lisa  Trimberger  has  served  as  a  Non-Executive  Director  since  September  2019.  Since  April  2020,  she  has 
served as Chair of the Audit Committee, upon which she acts as a financial expert, as defined by NYSE listing 
rules. Ms. Trimberger has also served as a member of the Remuneration Committee since September 2019. 

Ms. Trimberger retired as an Audit Partner of Deloitte & Touche LLP, in 2014 after spending thirty-one years with 
the  firm.  As  a  lead  Client  Service  Partner,  Ms.  Trimberger  audited  and  interacted  with  the  management  and 
boards  of  publicly-traded  companies.  She  worked  on  significant  transactions,  as  well  as  control  and  risk-
assessment  issues.  Additionally,  she  was  actively  involved  in  the  firm’s  quality  review  practice,  serving  as  a 
Deputy Professional Practice Partner and Engagement Quality Control Review Partner. During her tenure with 
Deloitte, Ms. Trimberger also served as Co-Chair of the firm’s Nominating and Governance Committee and was 
leader  of  the  firm’s  National  Women’s  Initiative  for  the  development  and  retention  of  women  professionals. 
Currently, Ms. Trimberger is a principal and owner of a private investment company, Mack Capital Investments 
LLC. She also serves as Trustee of the Board, Chair of the Audit Committee, and member of the Nominating and 
Governance  Committee  of  Corporate  Office  Properties  Trust  (NYSE:OFC),  a  real  estate  investment  trust.  Ms. 
Trimberger  also  serves  as  a Trustee  on  the  Board  of Trustees  for  EPR  Properties  (NYSE:  EPR),  a  diversified 
experiential  net  lease  real  estate  investment  trust,  where  she  is  also  a  member  of  the  Audit  and  Finance 
Committees.  

Ms. Trimberger is a Certified Public Accountant and holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from St. 
Cloud State University. Ms. Trimberger is a member of the National Association of Corporate Directors (“NACD”), 
as well as the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts. She is a NACD Board Leadership Fellow 
and  earned  the  CERT  Certificate  in  Cybersecurity  Oversight,  as  developed  by  NACD,  Ridge  Global,  and 
Carnegie Mellon University’s CERT division. Ms. Trimberger also completed the Women’s Director Development 
Executive Program at J.L. Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University.

Ms. Trimberger’s qualifications to be a member of our Board include her experience as an Audit Partner in a big 
four accounting firm, as well as her significant experience as a financial expert in areas including financial and 
audit oversight, public board experience, corporate governance, and risk management.

18

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Corporate Governance

Strong  corporate  governance  practices  serve  the  long-term  interest  of  our  stakeholders,  strengthen  the  Board 
and management, and further enhance the public trust Luxfer has earned from operating with uncompromising 
ethics and integrity. Luxfer is fully committed to operating in a legal, ethical, and sustainable manner in all that we 
do. 

Overview

Luxfer’s  corporate  governance  principles  govern  how  we  do  business  daily,  enabling  us  to  outperform  and 
provide  sustainable  growth.  They  provide  a  framework  that  defines  the  roles,  rights  and  responsibilities  of 
various groups withing the Company. The Board has adopted a set of Corporate Governance Guidelines which 
provide  the  framework  for  the  effective  and  ethical  governance  of  the  Company.  These  guidelines  address 
matters such as the respective roles and responsibilities of the Board and Committees, director independence, 
conflicts of interest and membership criteria. The Corporate Governance Guidelines, the Company’s Articles of 
Association (the “Articles”), Charters of the Board Committees, Reservation of Powers, and the Code of Ethics 
and  Business  Conduct,  as  well  as  national  regulations  such  as  the  Companies Act  of  2006  (“Companies Act”) 
provide the structure for the governance of the Company. 

The Company is incorporated in England and Wales and has a single listing of ordinary shares on the New York 
Stock  Exchange  (“NYSE”). Accordingly,  our  corporate  governance  is  also  informed  by  the  relevant  aspects  of 
two regulatory regimes, the U.K. and the U.S. For example, as a company listed on the NYSE we are considered 
a “quoted company” for the purposes of the Companies Act. Therefore, we are required to comply with quoted 
companies’  requirements  such  as  the  way  we  report  on  remuneration,  which  includes  an  annual  advisory 
shareholder vote on director remuneration and a binding shareholder vote every three years. Luxfer is not listed 
on  the  London  Stock  Exchange. As  such,  we  are  not  required  to  comply  with  the  U.K.  Corporate  Governance 
Code.  Nonetheless,  we  embrace  aspects  of  this  Code  insofar  as  appropriate,  relevant  and  practical  to  a 
company the size and status as Luxfer. 

In July 2018, the Company informed the NYSE of its loss of Foreign Private Issuer (FPI) status and our intention 
to  transition  to  a  domestic  issuer  effective  January  1,  2019.  From  this  date,  the  Company  has  operated  in  full 
compliance with the requirements for domestic issuer pursuant to the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and 
the  NYSE’s  Manual.  Through  the  increased  transparency  of  financial  information  and  higher  corporate 
governance  standards  associated  with  domestic  issuer  status,  we  made  it  possible  for  Luxfer  shares  to  be 
included in the Russell 3000 index. Inclusion in the index has attracted new, high-quality shareholders, while also 
allowing the orderly exit of some legacy debt holders. Additionally, we enhanced our Board of Directors which is 
now comprised of a greater range of tenure, diversity and public company experience, thus facilitating effective 
oversight and a better balance between historical experience and fresh perspectives. 

We are also required to comply with certain provisions under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including Section 404(a), 
which  requires  that  the  management  of  public  companies  assess  the  effectiveness  of  the  internal  control  of 
issuers for financial reporting. Such evaluation must be based on a suitable, recognized control framework such 
as  that  which  was  established  in  Internal  Control  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring  Organisations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (the  “COSO  Framework”).  We  have  updated  our 
framework for the evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting in accordance 
with the COSO Framework of 2013.

In  developing  corporate  governance  practices  for  the  Group,  the  Directors  have  taken  note  of  all  the 
aforementioned regulatory requirements, including those required under the Companies Act, as well as reflecting 
best practice as the Directors consider appropriate.

Board Responsibilities and Leadership Structure

The  Board  has  responsibility  for  the  overall  leadership  of  the  Company,  its  long-term  success  and  helping  to 
develop  and  approve  its  strategic  aims. The  Directors  have  determined  a  schedule  of  matters  reserved  to  the 
Board. Reserved matters are comprehensive and reviewed as the Board considers appropriate, normally once 
annually.  A review was undertaken during the year, following a comprehensive review taking into consideration 
the transition to a domestic issuer. Matters reserved to the Board are set out in the Governance section of the 
Company’s website.

The Board believes it is important to maintain the flexibility to choose the leadership structure that is best able to 
meet  the  needs  of  Luxfer  and  its  shareholders,  based  on  the  circumstances  that  exist  at  the  time  and  the 
qualifications  of  the  available  individuals.  Due  to  the  relatively  small  size  of  the  Board,  the  Directors  have 
determined it to be unnecessary to appoint a Senior Independent Director. Further, we currently do not have a 
policy  requiring  the  positions  of  Board  Chair  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  to  be  held  by  different  persons. 
However, these two positions have historically been separate, and are expected to remain separate. The Board 
believes this structure is advantageous. Specifically,  separating the positions provides the appropriate balance 

19

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

between  strategy  and  development  and  oversight  of  management,  while  also  allowing  the  CEO  to  focus 
attention on driving business performance rather than Board governance. Additionally, this structure is consistent 
with  corporate  best  practices,  the  Institutional  Shareholder  Services’  recommendation,  the  views  of  Luxfer’s 
shareholders, and the U.K. Corporate Governance Code. 

In August  2021,  David  Landless,  who  has  served  as  Board  Chair  since  2019,  announced  his  decision  not  to 
stand for re-election at the 2022 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. Mr. Landless' decision was made in 
accordance with the Company's Corporate Governance Guidelines, which recommends retirement of Directors 
after  nine  years'  service.  Following  this  announcement,  the  Board  appointed  Patrick  Mullen  to  succeed  Mr. 
Landless  as  Board  Chair,  effective  March  11,  2022.  Mr.  Mullen  is  a  Non-Executive  Director  and  is  considered 
independent  under  NYSE  listing  standards.  Luxfer  believes  that  Patrick  Mullen's  service  as  Board  Chair  is 
appropriate because of his extensive global industrial experience, history of serving on the boards of other public 
companies,  and  knowledge  of  the  manufacturing  and  engineering  industries  in  general. The  responsibilities  of 
the independent Board Chair include, among other things:

•
•

•

•
•

•

•

•

Leading the Board, including the oversight and coordination of the Board’s and its Committees’ work;
Serving  as  a  liaison  between  the  CEO,  other  members  of  senior  management,  the  Non-Executive 
Directors, and the Committee Chairs;
Presiding at all meetings of the Board, including executive sessions of the independent, Non-Executive 
Directors;
Presiding at all meetings of the shareholders;
Setting the Board’s  meeting agendas and ensuring there is sufficient time for discussion of all agenda 
items;
Recommending to the Board agendas for shareholder meetings and providing guidance to the Board on 
positions the Board should take on issues to come before shareholder meetings;
Participating in discussions with the Nominating and Governance Committee on matters related to Board 
and Committee organization, composition, membership terms, and meeting structure;
Participating  in  discussions  with  the  Nominating  and  Governance  Committee  and  Remuneration 
Committee  on  matters  related  to  the  hiring,  evaluation,  and  compensation  of,  and  the  succession 
planning for, the CEO, the Executive Officers, and Directors; and, 

• Maintaining  dialogue  and  canvassing  opinions  of  the  Non-Executive  Directors  in  absence  of  the 

Executive Director.

Board and Committee Self-Assessments

Annual self-assessments and evaluation of Board performance helps ensure that the Board and its Committees 
function effectively and in the best interest of our shareholders. The Nominating and Governance Committee is 
Responsible  for  Directors  and  each  Committee.  The  assessment  process  consists  of  a  written  evaluation 
comprising both quantitative scoring and narrative comments on a range of topics, including the composition and 
structure of the Board of Directors, the type and frequency of communications and the information provided to 
the  Board  and  its  Committees,  the  Board’s  effectiveness  in  carrying  out  its  functions  and  responsibilities,  the 
effectiveness of the Committee structure, Director’s preparation and participation in the meetings, and the values 
and culture displayed by the Directors. With the assistance of the Company Secretary, the evaluation responses 
are  compiled  by  the  Chair  of  the  Nominating  and  Governance  Committee.  The  Nominating  and  Governance 
Committee Chair leads a discussion of the assessment results at the following Board meeting. In addition to this 
annual  self-assessment,  verbal  assessments  are  conducted  in  independent  executive  sessions  at  the  end  of 
every Board and Committee meeting.

Board Education, Information and Support

Board education is an ongoing, year-round process, which begins a Director joins our Board. Within one (1) year 
of  joining  our  Board,  new  Directors  are  provided  with  an  orientation  to  our  Company,  including  our  business, 
strategy  and  governance.  On  an  ongoing  basis,  Directors  receive  educational  presentations  on  a  variety  of 
topics  related  to  their  responsibilities  as  Directors  and  the  industries  in  which  Luxfer  operates.  These 
presentations are provided by our senior management team and/or external advisors. In 2021, topics for Board 
education  included  Luxfer  values  and  culture;  anti-corruption  and  anti-bribery;  anti-trust  compliance;  global 
insider dealing; pension regulation and strategy; share repurchase programs and trends; capital markets update; 
cybersecurity and privacy matters; ESG matters; and diversity and unconscious biases. 

The  Company  Secretary  and  General  Counsel  as  well  as  external  counsel  when  appropriate  and  necessary, 
provide updates to the Board on legal and regulatory issues nature of which it and the individual Directors should 
be aware to refresh their skills and knowledge. There is a culture of information exchange on various matters of 
interest  to  the  Group  and  its  operations  between  Directors  and  senior  managers  to  keep  Directors  abreast  of 
relevant developments. 

20

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

The  Board  receives  both  financial  and  operational  information  to  assist  it  in  carrying  out  its  duties.  The  Chief 
Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer provide regular reports to the Board regarding relevant aspects 
of the business. These reports are further detailed at scheduled Board meetings as appropriate. Additional topics 
for review and discussion are added to these reports from time to time at the request of the Directors. In addition, 
specific items are scheduled into the Board agenda for report and review on a regular basis, such as health and 
safety and environmental matters and current topical issues. The Board evaluates this information and support 
procedures periodically to ensure that topics remain appropriate.

Board Meetings and Committees

The  Board  meets  regularly  during  the  year,  holds  special  meetings,  and  acts  by  unanimous  written  consent, 
wherever  circumstances  require.  In  each  regularly  scheduled  Board  and  committee  meeting,  the  independent 
Directors also meet in executive session, without the Chief Executive Officer or other members of management 
present. Directors are expected to attend all scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors, all meetings of the 
Committee(s) on which they serve, and all shareholder meetings. 

The  Board  has  three  standing  committees  comprised  solely  of  Independent  Directors:  the  Nominating  and 
Governance  Committee,  the  Remuneration  Committee,  and  the  Audit  Committee.  The  Company  Secretary 
distributes  Board  and  Committee  agendas  and  materials  to  the  Board  and  Committees  seven  days  before  a 
scheduled meeting. 

7 MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS IN 2021
(1 physical meeting; 6 video teleconference meetings)

5 - Meetings of the Nominating and 
Governance Committee

2 - Meetings of the Remuneration 
Committee

6 - Meetings of the Audit 
Committee

The  Board  held  seven  (7)  meetings  in  2021,  six  of  which  occurred  virtually  via  videoconference.  One  hybrid 
meeting  occurred  in  September,  at  which  three  Directors  attended  virtually  via  videoconference. All  incumbent 
Directors attended 100% of the meetings of the Board and Committees on which they served during 2021, and 
all  Directors  who  served  during  fiscal  year  2021  attended  at  least  75%  of  the  meetings  of  the  Board  and 
Committees  on  which  they  served.  All  directors  then  serving  attended  the  2021  Annual  General  Meeting  of 
Shareholders. 

As the pandemic continued to evolve throughout 2021, the Board continued to host a majority of their meetings 
virtually via videoconference. Prior to the pandemic, the Board held a majority of their physical meetings at the 
Group's operational plants as part of their monitoring role and to ensure a better understanding of the Group’s 
operations. At  these  meetings,  the  Board  tours  the  plant  and  has  an  opportunity  to  meet  local  and  divisional 
management  on  both  a  formal  and  informal  basis  and  discuss  the  progress  of  their  operations  with  them.  In 
addition to meetings held at Luxfer’s sites, the Non-Executive Directors may independently visit operational sites 
to  enhance  their  knowledge  of  the  individual  businesses  that  make  up  the  Group. The  Executive  Director  has 
regular business reviews at operational sites throughout the year, and any appropriate information gathered on 
those visits will be reported to the Board. The Board plans to return to physical meetings in 2022, depending on 
location and any pandemic-related travel restrictions. 

21

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Nominating and Governance Committee

Role: The Nominating and Governance Committee advises the Board on matters relating to Board governance, 
structure, and composition. Responsibilities of the Nominating and Governance Committee include, among other 
things,  establishing  criteria  for  Director  candidates  and  identifying  individuals  for  nomination  to  become 
Directors,  including  engaging  advisors  to  assist  in  the  search  process  where  appropriate,  and  considering 
potential candidates recommended by shareholders; developing plans and making recommendations in relation 
to  the  organization,  composition,  membership  terms,  and  meeting  structure  of  the  Board  and  its  Committees; 
recommending  a  succession  plan  to  the  Board  and  review  management’s  succession  plan;  administering  the 
self-assessment  of  the  Board  and  its  Committees;  overseeing  Luxfer’s  corporate  governance  structure  and 
practices; and overseeing and recommending to the Board of Directors changes to our Corporate Governance 
Guidelines, Committee Charters, and other governing instruments. 

A  full  description  of  the  Committee’s  roles  is  set  forth  in  the  Nominating  and  Governance  Committee  Charter, 
available at https://www.luxfer.com/ under the “Investors” tab.

Members:  Clive  Snowdon  (Chair  as  of April  2020),  Patrick  Mullen  (beginning  January  2022),  David  Landless 
(through June 8, 2022) and Allisha Elliott (through December 31, 2021).

All  members  of  the  Nominating  and  Governance  Committee  have  been  determined  to  be  independent  under 
SEC and NYSE rules.

Remuneration Committee

Role:  The  Remuneration  Committee  sets  and  administers  the  policies  that  govern  executive  and  senior 
management  compensation.  Responsibilities  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  include,  among  other  things, 
evaluating  Executive  Officer  and  senior  management  performance;  establishing  and  administering  executive 
compensation;  reviewing  and  approving  the  Executive  Compensation  Discussion  and Analysis  including  in  our 
annual  Proxy  Statement;  Recommending  actions  regarding  the  Chief  Executive  Officer’s  compensation  for 
approval by the Non-Executive Directors of our Board; and approving the individual compensation actions for all 
Executive  Officers  other  than  the  CEO.  To  assist  the  Remuneration  Committee  in  its  review  of  executive  and 
director  compensation  programs,  Meridian  Compensation  Partners  LLC  (“Meridian”),  a  human  resource 
consulting  firm,  provides  advice,  data,  and  insight.  Meridian  was  retained  by  the  Remuneration  Committee  in 
2020 and provides advice at times the Remuneration Committee deems appropriate. Any other work undertaken 
by Meridian for the Company must be approved by the Remuneration Committee. The Remuneration Committee 
has conducted an assessment of the independence of Meridian and has determined that Meridian does not have 
any conflict of interest. Aside from the data provided by Meridian, the Committee also considers other sources to 
evaluate external market, industry and peer company practices in its review of our compensation programs. 

A  full  description  of  the  Committee’s  roles  is  set  forth  in  the  Remuneration  Committee  Charter,  available  at 
https://www.luxfer.com/ under the “Investors” tab.

Members:  Richard  Hipple  (Chair  as  of  November  2018),  Patrick  Mullen  (beginning  January  2022),  Lisa 
Trimberger (beginning September 2019 upon appointment to the Board), and Allisha Elliott (through December 
31, 2021).  

All members of the Remuneration Committee have been determined to be independent under SEC and NYSE 
rules.

Report: The Director’s Remuneration Report appears in the Remuneration Report on pages 40 to 59. 

Audit Committee

Role:  The Audit  Committee  advises  the  Board  on  financial  matters  and  oversees  the  Company’s  accounting, 
financial reporting, and internal control policies and procedures. Responsibilities of the Audit Committee include, 
among other things, overseeing financial reporting, controls, and audit quality and performance; monitoring and 
overseeing the independence and performance of our Independent Auditors, with responsibility for the selection, 
evaluation, remuneration, and, if applicable, discharge of such Independent Auditors; approving, in advance, all 
of  the  audit  and  non-audit  services  provided  to  the  Company  by  the  Independent  Auditors;  facilitating  open 
communication among our Board, senior management, internal audit, and the Independent Auditors; reviewing 
internal  audit  work,  the  system  of  internal  controls  and  monitoring  implementation  of  internal  controls  over 
financial  reporting  pursuant  to  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley Act  and  the  progress  of  the  update  to  the 
internal controls over financial reporting framework to reflect the 2013 COSO framework throughout the Group; 
overseeing our enterprise risk management and compliance programs; overseeing financial strategy, investment 
policies,  and  financial  performance  of  invested  assets;  reviewing  the  Company’s  annual  SEC  filing,  statutory 
report and consolidated financial statements and the quarterly financial releases made by the Company; 

22

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

A  further  description  of  the  Committee’s  roles  is  set  forth  in  the Audit  Committee  Charter,  available  at  https://
www.luxfer.com/  under  the  “Investors”  tab.  The Audit  Committee  Charter  were  reviewed  and  approved  by  the 
Committee in 2021.

Members: Lisa Trimberger (Chair), Clive Snowdon, and Richard Hipple.

All members of the Audit Committee have been determined to be independent under Section 303A.02 of NYSE 
Rules and Rules 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. 

Financial Experts: The Board considers that each member of the Audit Committee have appropriate financial 
experience  to  enable  them  to  contribute  to  the Audit  Committee’s  work.  The  Board  has  determined  that  Lisa 
Trimberger, Clive Snowdon and Richard Hipple are all financially literate under NYSE Rules and qualify as “audit 
committee financial experts” under SEC standards.  

Report:  The  Directors  are  responsible  for  preparing  the  financial  statements  to  satisfy  U.K.  law.  This 
responsibility is explained further in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities on page 61 and the Independent 
Auditors’ Report on pages 62 to 69.

Meetings: Prior to the commencement of the financial year, the Committee establishes a schedule of meetings 
to coincide with key events in the Company’s financial reporting and audit cycle to ensure that it has sufficient 
time to fulfil its responsibilities. Agendas and appropriate documentation are provided to the Committee by the 
Company Secretary. The Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Executive Officer may attend Committee meetings 
as  required. The  Chair  of  the Audit  Committee  consults  with  external  auditors  as  necessary  in  preparation  for 
Committee meetings and may invite the external auditor to attend a meeting of the Audit Committee if required. 

The Audit Committee has adopted and implemented a ‘Policy on the Provision of Audit and Non-Audit Services 
by  Auditors’  (the  “Pre-approval  Policy”)  to  comply  with  auditor  independence  requirements  contained  in  Rule 
2-01  of  Regulation  S-X  under  the  Exchange Act.    The  policy  requires  the Audit  Committee  to  pre-approve  all 
matters  upon  which  the  Company’s  external  auditors  are  requested  to  advise  (audit  and  non-audit  work), 
including fees, subject to certain pre-approvals made annually by the Audit Committee.  A pre-approved sum to 
be  spent  on  audit  and  tax  matters  is  delegated  to  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  there  is  a  procedure  for 
approval of urgent items by the Chair between meetings. The policy also affirmatively prescribes the Company’s 
external auditors from advising on certain matters.

Conflicts of Interest

Luxfer’s  Code  of  Ethics  and  Business  Conduct  and  Corporate  Governance  Guidelines  address  conflicts  of 
interest.  As  provided  in  the  Code  of  Ethics  and  Business  Conduct,  a  “conflict  of  interest”  occurs  when  an 
individual’s private interest (or the interest of a member of their family) interferes, or even appears to interfere, 
with the interests of Luxfer. A conflict of interest can arise when an employee, Officer, or Director (or a member of 
their family) takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform their work for Luxfer objectively 
and  effectively.  Conflicts  of  interest  also  arise  when  an  employee,  Officer,  or  Director  (or  a  member  of  their 
family) receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position in Luxfer. The Company periodically, 
but no less frequently than annually, solicits information from Directors and Executive Officers in order to monitor 
potential conflicts of interest. Directors and Executive Officers are expected to always be mindful of their fiduciary 
obligations to the Company, and they must seek determinations and prior authorizations or approval of potential 
conflicts  of  interest  exclusively  from  (i)  the  Board  Chair  or  Nominating  and  Governance  Committee,  as 
appropriate, in the case of Directors or (ii) Luxfer's General Counsel, or where a conflict arises, the Nominating 
and Governance Committee, in the case of Executive Officers. 

In 2021, there were no conflicts of interest.

23

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Related-Party Transactions

In addition to the standards set forth in our Corporate Governance Guidelines, Luxfer has established a Related-
Party Transactions Policy. As defined in the Policy, a “Related Person” is any (i) person who is or was (since the 
beginning of the last fiscal year for which Luxfer has filed a Form 10-K and Proxy Statement, even if they do not 
presently  serve  in  that  role)  an  Executive  Officer,  Director,  or  nominee  for  election  as  a  Director  of  Luxfer,  (ii) 
person who is the beneficial owner of greater than 5% of Luxfer’s outstanding ordinary shares, or (iii) Immediate 
Family Member of any of the foregoing. “Immediate Family Member” is defined as “any child, stepchild, parent, 
stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, 
or any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of a person.”

In accordance with the Related-Party Transactions Policy and consistent with Section 314.00 of the NYSE Listed 
Company  Manual  amended  on April  2  and August  26,  2021,  the Audit  Committee  must  conduct  a  reasonable 
prior review of all “Related Party Transactions." A “Related Party Transaction" is any transaction, arrangement, or 
relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements, or relationships (including any indebtedness or 
guarantee  of  indebtedness),  in  which  (i)  the  aggregate  amount  involved  will  or  may  be  expected  to  exceed 
$120,000 in any fiscal year, (ii) Luxfer is a participant, and (iii) any Related Person has or will have a direct or 
indirect material interest [other than solely as a result of being a Director or trustee (or any similar position) or a 
less than 10% beneficial owner of another entity].

In  considering  whether  to  approve  an  Interested  Transaction,  the Audit  Committee  takes  into  account,  among 
other  factors  it  deems  appropriate,  whether  the  Related  Party  Transaction  is  on  terms  no  less  favorable  than 
terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of 
the Related Person’s interest in the arrangement.

In 2021, there were no related party transactions.

Security Ownership

Various  Luxfer  policies  address  security  ownership,  including  the  Insider  Trading  and  Dealing  Policy  and  the 
Stock  Ownership  Guidelines.  Particularly,  Luxfer's  Insider  Trading  and  Dealing  Policy  prohibits  a  number  of 
transactions by “Covered Persons.” “Covered Persons” include Directors, Executive Officers, and various Luxfer 
employees and consultants in corporate, finance, IT, and investor relations roles. Specifically, the Policy prohibits 
the  following  in  relation  to  Company  securities:  short-term  trading,  short  sales,  options  trading,  trading  on 
margin,  and  hedging.  All  Covered  Persons  –  including  family  members  of  Covered  Persons,  members  of  a 
Covered  Person's  household,  and  entities  controlled  by  Covered  Persons  –  are  expected  to  comply  with  the 
Insider Trading and Dealing Policy, as well as applicable securities laws and regulations.

Further, Luxfer has established Stock Ownership Guidelines, which apply to all Non-Executive Directors, Named 
Executive  Officers,  and  any  other  key  employees  that  the  Remuneration  Committee  may  identify  from  time  to 
time in consultation with management. The Company’s Articles of Association do not currently require Directors 
to  hold  a  minimum  number  of  shares  in  the  Company  in  order  to  qualify  for  appointment  to  the  Board  of 
Directors;  however,  the  Stock  Ownership  Guidelines  provide  the  Company's  expectations  as  to  the  minimum 
amount  of  share  such  persons  should  own  in  the  Company.  These  minimum  amounts  are  based  on  the  total 
value of the shares owned by a person being equal to a certain multiple of such person's annual base salary or 
retainer  fee. Additionally,  the  Stock  Ownership  Guidelines  include  share  retention  ratios  to  assist  in  a  person's 
continuous progress toward their respective ownership guideline. Directors and Executive Officers are expected 
to  achieve  the  minimum  ownership  guidelines  within  five  years  of  the  effective  date  of  the  Stock  Ownership 
Guidelines or their appointment or election, whichever occurs later. 

24

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption

The Code of Ethics and Business Conduct requires compliance with all applicable anti-bribery laws, including the 
U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, and local laws where Luxfer conducts business. This 
requirement applies to Luxfer’s Directors, Executive Officers, employees and those with whom Luxfer conducts 
its business. Luxfer has an established Anti-Corruption Policy, which sets for the Company’s policies, principles, 
and procedures in relation to situations presenting corruption or bribery issues. Annual training is required for all 
members  of  our  Board  of  Directors,  senior  management,  and  any  non-production  employees,  and  more 
thorough  trainings  are  provided  to  employees  in  high-risk  roles,  including  those  in  audit,  sales,  finance, 
marketing, legal, and export and import. Luxfer’s General Counsel provides quarterly updates on all activities to 
the Audit Committee and Board as a whole.

Whistleblowing

We  highly  encourage  reporting  of  any  wrongdoing  regarding  corporate  governance,  financial  reporting,  human 
rights,  or  any  concerns  about  business  conduct  brought  forth  in  good  faith.  Luxfer  operates  an  independent, 
anonymous whistleblowing hotline that is available 24/7 to our employees or anyone working in our supply chain. 
Luxfer’s  longstanding  Whistleblowing  Policy  describes  the  procedures  in  place  to  ensure  our  due  diligence  in 
thoroughly investigating and remedying any reports through this avenue. The policy provides strong protections 
against  retaliation  for  whistleblowers  and  anyone  who  cooperates  in  a  Company  investigation.  The  Audit 
Committee  oversees  the  operation  of  the  Whistleblowing  Policy  and  receives  a  report  from  the  Company 
Secretary at each meeting of the Audit Committee.

Relations With Shareholders

We  believe  that  effective  corporate  governance  includes  year-round  engagement  with  our  shareholders, 
stakeholders, and any interested party. We regularly meet with our shareholders via telephone calls and virtual 
videoconference meetings, including both large and small investors, to discuss business strategy, performance, 
compensation philosophy, corporate governance, and environmental and social topics. In a typical year, Luxfer 
engages dozens of shareholders, including our largest shareholders two to three times per year. In 2021, we had 
more than 100 calls and meetings throughout the year through investor conferences, non-deal roadshows, and 
scheduled post-earnings follow up calls. To continuously improve our shareholder communication and outreach, 
we review the feedback we receive during these meetings with our Board of Directors. Our Directors, along with 
management, carefully consider and evaluate this information and modify the Company's approach to advance 
our shareholder engagement efforts. 

25

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Executive Leadership Team

The members of the Executive Leadership Team of Luxfer are responsible for the day-to-day management of the 
Company.  The  Executive  Leadership  Team  meets  regularly  and  at  least  once  a  month.  These  meetings  are 
chaired  by  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  consists  of  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  senior  management  at 
group and segment levels. The Executive Leadership Team acts in an advisory capacity to the Chief Executive 
Officer and provides a forum where matters of interest or concern to the Group can be reviewed and discussed, 
strategy  debated,  policies  developed  and  agreed,  best  practice  discussed,  and  appropriate  measures 
implemented. Said meetings also provide an opportunity for senior management to receive updates on progress 
in other areas of the Group outside their remit.

The following table lists the names and positions of the current members of the Executive Leadership Team as 
well as former members who served during fiscal year 2021.

Name

Age

Position

Alok Maskara (1)
Andy Butcher (2)
Heather C. Harding (3)
Stephen M.D. Webster (4)
Graham D. Wardlow
James G. Gardella (5)
Jeff C. Moorefield (6)
Mark A. Chivers (7)
Peter N. Gibbons

Megan E. Glise

51

53

53

50

54

65

58

52
51

29

Outgoing Chief Executive Officer

Chief Executive Officer Designate

Former Chief Financial Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Managing Director, Luxfer MEL Technologies

Former President, Luxfer Magtech

Vice President and General Manager, Luxfer Magtech

Managing Director, Luxfer Superform
Vice President and General Manager, Luxfer Graphic Arts

General Counsel and Company Secretary

Notes: 
1.

Alok Maskara elected to leave the Company effective May 6, 2022. 

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Andy Butcher was appointed Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director effective May 6, 2022. 

Heather Harding retired from employment with the Company effective March 1, 2022.

Stephen Webster was appointed Chief Financial Officer of the Company effective March 1, 2022. 

James Gardella retired from employment with the Company effective May 1, 2021.

Jeff Moorefield was appointed Vice President and General Manager of Luxfer Magtech Solutions effective April 1, 2022.

Mark  Chivers  continues  to  serve  as  a  member  of  the  ELT  and  Managing  Director  of  Luxfer  Superform.  However,  Luxfer  Superform  is  considered  as  a 
discontinued operation as of December 31, 2020.   

Biographies of the current members of the Executive Leadership Team and those former members who served 
during fiscal year 2021 are set forth below:

Alok Maskara 
Outgoing Chief Executive Officer

Andy Butcher
Chief Executive Officer Designate

Please refer to the main Board biographies on pages 23 to 26.

Heather C. Harding
Former Chief Financial Officer
Heather Harding served as Chief Financial Officer from January 2018 to March 1, 2022. From 2012 to 2017, Ms. 
Harding  was  Vice  President  of  Finance  for  Eaton  Lighting,  a  business  unit  of  Eaton  Corporation,  a  power 
management company. Prior to that, she was Vice President of Finance for various operating units within Cooper 
Industries  and  Emerson  Electric.  Ms.  Harding  is  a  Certified  Public  Accountant  and  received  a  Bachelor  of 
Science degree in Accounting from Southern Illinois University at Carbondale.

26

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Stephen Webster
Chief Financial Officer
Stephen  Webster  was  appointed  Chief  Financial  Officer  effective  March  1,  2022.  From  September  2016  to 
March  2022,  Mr.  Webster  served  as  Luxfer's  Corporate  Controller.  Prior  to  joining  Luxfer,  Mr.  Webster  held 
various finance leadership roles at global businesses, serving as Head of Global Accounting at Seadrill Limited, 
an OSE-listed offshore drilling company, and ERP Business Integration Lead, IFRS Project Lead, and Financial 
Accounting  Director  at  JT  International,  a  global  tobacco  company.  He  has  extensive  experience  in  corporate 
financial  management  and  external  reporting  under  both  U.S.  GAAP  and  IFRS.  Mr.  Webster  is  a  Chartered 
Accountant  and  holds  a  degree  in  International  Management  and  Modern  Languages  from  the  University  of 
Bath.  

Graham D. Wardlow
Managing Director of Luxfer MEL Technologies
Graham  Wardlow  was  appointed  Managing  Director  of  Luxfer  MEL  Technologies  (LMT)  in  October  2017, 
following  the  merger  of  our  MEL  Chemicals  and  Magnesium  Elektron  Alloys  businesses.The  Magnesium 
Powder's  business  was  subsequently  incorporated  into  LMT  in  early  2022.  Mr.  Wardlow  joined  Magnesium 
Elektron in 1984 and undertook several technical and commercial roles before becoming Managing Director of 
the Alloys business in 2008 and Divisional Managing Director of MEL Chemicals in May 2017. Mr. Wardlow holds 
a degree in Materials Engineering from Imperial College, University of London, as well as an M.B.A. from Keele 
University.

James G. Gardella
Former President of Luxfer Magtech
James Gardella served as President of Luxfer Magtech from July 2017 until his retirement in May 2021. Prior to 
serving  as  President  of  Luxfer  Magtech,  he  was  appointed  President  of  the  Company’s  Magnesium  Elektron 
Powders  business  in  2007,  which  he  joined  in  1990  as  Financial  Controller.  Mr.  Gardella  holds  a  Bachelor  of 
Science degree in Accounting from Villanova University and an M.B.A. in Finance. He is also a Certified Public 
Accountant.

Jeff C. Moorefield
Vice President and General Manager of Luxfer Magtech
Jeff Moorefield was appointed Vice President and General Manager of Luxfer Magtech on April 1, 2022, at which 
time  he  also  became  an  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company.  Mr.  Moorefield  previously  served  as  Luxfer's  Vice 
President of Operations from March 2019 to March 2022. Before joining Luxfer. Mr. Moorefield served as Senior 
Vice President of Global Operations at Tennant Company, a provider of floor cleaning machines, products, and 
services. Prior to that, he served as Global Vice President of Operations for various operating units within Pentair 
plc,  a  provider  of  water  treatment  solutions  and  sustainable  applications.  Mr.  Moorefield  holds  a  Bachelor  of 
Science degree in Industrial Technology from Western Kentucky University.  

Mark A. Chivers 
Managing Director of Luxfer Superform
Mark Chivers has served as Managing Director of Luxfer Superform since April 2018. Mr. Chivers joined Luxfer 
in 2009 as Operations Director of Superform U.K., before moving to California in 2014 to become Vice President 
and  General  Manager  of  the  U.S.  facility.  Before  joining  Luxfer,  Mr.  Chivers  held  Production  and  Operations 
Management  and  Vice  President  roles  in  the  castings  and  tool  making  industry,  particularly  servicing  the 
automotive  sector.  Mr.  Chivers  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  Business  Studies  from  Wolverhampton 
University.

Peter N. Gibbons
Vice President and General Manager of Luxfer Graphic Arts
Peter Gibbons was appointed Vice President and General Manager of Luxfer Graphic Arts in July 2019. From 
July 2017 to July 2019, Mr. Gibbons served as Director of IT and Sourcing. Upon his appointment as Director of 
IT and Sourcing, Mr. Gibbons became a member of the Executive Leadership Team. Mr. Gibbons joined Luxfer 
in  2004  as  European  Financial  Controller  of  the  Magnesium  Elektron Alloys  business.  From  2013  to  2014,  he 
served as Luxfer's Group Financial Controller, and from 2014 to 2017, Mr. Gibbons was the Divisional Finance 
Director of Luxfer's Magnesium Elektron Alloys business. 

Megan E. Glise 
General Counsel and Company Secretary
Megan  Glise  was  appointed  General  Counsel  and  Company  Secretary  in  September  2020.  Ms.  Glise  joined 
Luxfer as U.S. Legal Counsel in July 2018 and was appointed Associate General Counsel in February 2019. In 
January  2020,  she  became  a  member  of  the  Executive  Leadership  Team  and  an  Executive  Officer  of  the 
Company. Before joining Luxfer, Ms. Glise was an Associate Attorney at a Wisconsin-based law firm, where she 

27

focused her practice on corporate and transactional law. Ms. Glise received her Juris Doctorate from Marquette 
University  Law  School  and  holds  a  Bachelor  of Arts  degree  in  English  and  Criminology  and  Law  Studies  from 
Marquette University. 

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

28

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Environment, Social and Governance ("ESG") Matters

The  publication  of  our  first-ever  ESG  Report  in  2020  set  the  stage  for  integration  of  sustainable  practices  and 
resource management throughout the Company. The Report also set out our 2025 Environmental Goals, which 
address emissions, water, and waste-to-landfill reduction targets which we seek to achieve by 2025. Throughout 
fiscal year 2021, we continued to hold ourselves accountable to our ESG initiatives and took deliberate steps to 
fully  integrate  ESG  into  our  strategy  and  daily  actions.  As  a  key  priority  for  the  Board  and  our  management 
teams,  our  ESG  initiatives  will  continue  serving  as  a  catalyst  for  value  creation,  stakeholder  trust,  risk 
management, and employee engagement. 

Key features of our 2021 ESG efforts include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Board's  oversight  of  ESG  matters  including  strategic  planning,  risks,  and  opportunities  with  regular 
updates from the CEO and senior management;

Targeted  investments  in  new  projects  to  reduce  our  carbon  footprint  and  increase  operational 
efficiencies;

Implementation  of  our  Company-wide  ESG  balanced  scorecard  to  collect  detailed  data  and  track 
progress on our CO2e, waste, water, social, and governance KPI's;

Biannual ESG scorecard reviews with the CEO, senior management, and EHS team members;

Carbon Life Cycle Analyses on key products to improve product sustainability;

New  requirements  for  suppliers  and  distributors  to  attest  compliance  with  our  Third  Party  Code  of 
Conduct;

Increased talent, investment, and resources for IT security;

Expanded DEI recruitment practices and increased diversity training;

Demonstrated track record of safety performance; and

Fostering  a  performance  culture  with  high  ethical  standards  that  values  integrity,  accountability,  and 
innovation designed to encourage individual growth and operational effectiveness. 

We  look  forward  to  providing  further  details  on  our  progress  towards  our  2025  Environmental  Goals  in  our 
upcoming ESG report to be published in late 2022.

Our Products

Many of our products already serve the growing need to safeguard the environment in the transportation sector. 
Our hydrogen fuel systems have been applied to a variety of vehicles in a series of world firsts including the first 
commercially  produced  hydrogen  powered  trucks,  refuse  trucks,  boats  and  tractors.  Luxfer  also  played  a  vital 
role  in  developing  the  U.K.'s  first  hydrogen-powered  train.  Beginning  operation  in  2020,  the  electric  train  was 
retrofitted  to  run  using  our  G-Stor®  H2  hydrogen  fuel  system.  We  will  continue  developing  partnerships  in  the 
transportation sector to make hydrogen-powered transportation a reality.

Similarly,  our  zirconium-based  autocatalyst  products  help  reduce  automotive  emissions.  Driven  by  increasing 
legislation, we work with our customers to offer tailor-made solutions based on our Gasoline Particulate Filtration 
systems,  Diesel  Oxidation  Catalysts,  Diesel  Particulate  Filters,  passive  NOx  Absorbers  and  selective  catalytic 
reduction systems. These systems reduce the amount of toxic gasses and pollutants contained in exhaust from 
traditional diesel and gasoline engines. Further, our unique magnesium alloys used in aerospace and automotive 
designs enable lighter and stronger models, which help maximize fuel efficiency, lower emissions, and increase 
performance through lightweight materials. 

Our Facilities and Operations

As part of our 2025 Environmental Goals, we have committed to reducing our CO2e emissions by 20%, reducing 
waste-to-landfill  by  20%,  and  reducing  freshwater  consumption  by  10%  from  our  baseline  of  2019.  Through 
financially  sound  projects,  we  have  started  delivering  on 
through 
improvements  to  the  efficiency  of  our  operations.  Our  goal  in  2021  was  to  identify  priority  energy-efficiency 
projects, and we carried out several hands-on events to identify no- or low-cost projects to save energy, water, 
and improve our waste management. Below is a snapshot of the projects we focused on in 2021:

these  sustainability  commitments 

•

Luxfer  MEL Technologies  in  Manchester,  U.K.  recently  installed  new  technology  to  significantly  reduce 
the  use  of  SF6  in  their  magnesium  operations,  which  is  projected  to  result  in  a  net  savings  of  over 
36,000 metric tons of CO2e annually once fully operational.

29

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

•

•

•

Luxfer Gas Cylinders in Riverside, CA, U.S. modified the method by which its alternative fuel cylinders 
are  tested  for  leaks  by  switching  from  nitrogen  to  compressed  air,  saving  26  metric  tons  of  CO2e 
annually. 

Luxfer  Gas  Cylinders  in  Nottingham,  U.K.,  operates  a  site-wide  zero  waste  initiative,  which  has 
decreased the amount of waste sent to landfill from 45% in 2007 to 0.02% in 2021. In recognition of their 
waste reduction efforts, the site was awarded the Sustainability Award from The Business Desk in 2021. 

Luxfer  Graphic  Arts  in  Madison,  IL,  U.S.,  completed  an  upgrade  of  approximately  7,500  old  lighting 
fixtures in April 2021, saving approximately 1,490 metric tons of CO2e annually. The site also installed a 
swarf  briquetter  machine  which  is  used  to  separate  magnesium  fines  from  oil  and  recovers 
approximately 100 gallons of oil per week to be recycled and reused. 

ESG Controls and Oversight 

While Luxfer's management team is responsible  for  developing the Company's strategy and managing day-to-
day operations, the Board of Directors oversees the Company's direction, including governance-related policies 
and practices; our system of risk oversight and management; how we advance environmental sustainability and 
climate related challenges; health and safety; human rights; human capital management and corporate culture; 
and the manner in which we serve our customers and support our communities. We recognize that the long-term 
success  of  our  Company  requires  continued  focus  on  these  evolving  topics  and  a  commitment  to  regularly 
evaluate and improve our performance in relation to them.

Our Environmental, Health, and Safety ("EHS") Management System is a crucial mechanism through which our 
ESG initiatives are put into action. Based on ISO 14001 standards, our EHS Management System is comprised 
of  policies,  procedures,  and  objectives  focused  on  compliance,  footprint  reduction,  and  management  of  EHS 
performance.  Luxfer's  businesses  track  progress  and  perform  self-audits  in  accordance  with  the  EHS 
Management System with the goal of continually improving the safety of our products, enhancing environmental 
protection initiatives and preventing occupational illnesses and injuries. 

In  addition  to  internal  controls,  certain  Luxfer  businesses  participate  in  compliance  and  knowledge-sharing 
forums with other companies in our industry. For example, our U.K. MEL Technologies business is subject to the 
European  Union  Regulation,  Evaluation,  Authorization  and  Restriction  of  Chemicals  ("REACH")  controls 
(incorporated  into  U.K.  legislation  following  the  U.K.'s  exit  from  the  European  Union.),  which  aims  to  hold 
manufacturers  and  importers  responsible  for  understanding  and  managing  the  environmental  and  health  risks 
associated with the use of certain chemicals. Our MEL Technologies business participates as a member or lead 
member in REACH consortia, during which manufacturers and importers of like substances cooperate with one 
another  and  collect  information,  gather  data,  and  register  certain  chemicals  in  fulfillment  of  REACH 
requirements.  Participants  work  together  to  assess  potential  hazards  and  risks  posed  by  these  chemicals  and 
how those risks can best be controlled.

Managing Energy Use 

Energy  is  a  major  requirement  for  Luxfer's  operations  which  involve  melting  and  forming  metals,  changing  the 
state  of  chemicals,  and  running  heavy  machinery.  We  are  subject  to  a  wide  variety  of  regulations  regarding 
energy usage in the U.K. and take every step necessary to ensure our compliance with those regulations. Our 
U.K. plants have signed up for the European-wide Energy Saving Opportunity Scheme, which mandates that all 
large organizations calculate the total energy use and perform energy audits across their businesses once every 
four years. Our U.K. operations are also registered with and regulated under the Carbon Reduction Commitment 
Energy  Efficiency  Scheme  ("CRC"),  designed  to  further  mobilize  companies  to  reduce  CO2  emissions  by 
incentivizing  energy  efficiency.  Further,  all  Luxfer  U.K.  operations  participate  in  Climate  Change  Agreements, 
with the exception of our Gas Cylinders plant due to the nature of its cold-extrusion process. 

In addition to regulatory requirements, Luxfer also operates several internal programs that will help us increase 
our energy efficiency. For example, Luxfer's Reduced Energy Demand ("RED") Program identifies initiatives that 
will  reduce  energy  consumption  and  provide  more  efficient  operation.  Our  RED  projects  coordinate  with  our 
energy partner to asses each Luxfer site for opportunities to reduce energy consumption, create less waste, and 
educate our employees on the value of environmental protection. Any RED proposals include a detailed analysis 
measuring the financial, environmental and safety impact of each project, and will include a renewable energy 
alternative that will be implemented if financially and practically feasible.

30

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Greenhouse Gas Emissions

Each Luxfer business unit monitors its usage of the following:

•

•

•

•

•

Electricity (from utility bills);

Natural gas (from utility bills);

Propane (for fork-lift trucks from number of bottles used multiplied by capacity);

Cover  gases  (to  prevent  molten  metal  from  oxidizing  from  number  of  cylinders  used  multiplied  by 
capacity);

Any other greenhouse gases used in the manufacturing process (from amount invoiced).

Other than for electricity, the conversion into equivalent CO2 tonnes is done using standard conversion factors 
readily available from websites of, for example, DEFRA in the U.K. Broadly speaking, natural gas and other pure 
gases have a very similar CO2 equivalency no matter where it is sourced.

For electricity, the CO2 equivalency is dependent on the power stations that generate it. Accordingly, each Luxfer 
business uses the ‘local’ equivalency factor published on official sites. For our U.S. businesses, this is published 
on the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency website and is updated each year according to the mix of power-
generation  facilities  in  use.  Historically,  the  U.K.  has  been  a  heavy  user  of  electricity  generation  but  it  has 
transitioned  away  from  using  coal-fired  power  and  is  increasingly  adopting  zero-emissions  technologies, 
especially off-shore wind power.

Each  Luxfer  business  unit  has  a  manager  responsible  for  data  collection,  which  is  subsequently  collated  
centrally at year end, along with other accounting information. Natural gas and all other gasses are classified as 
'Scope 1' and electricity usage is classified as 'Scope 2'. Year-on-year figures are used to identify any anomalies, 
and  similar  business  units  are  compared  to  one  another  to  ensure  consistency  and  understanding  of  the 
information. At present, we do not collect details of Scope 3 emissions.

The  Greenhouse  Gas  (“GHG”)  emissions  statement  below  provides  a  summary  of  the  Group  GHG  (Carbon) 
emissions for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 2020. We report on both Scope 1 and Scope 2 
emission sources:

Scope 1 emissions:  Direct emissions from sources owned or operated by the Group such as natural gas usage 

and other CO2 equivalent emissions such as SF6; 

Scope 2 emissions: 

Indirect emissions attributable to the Group due to its consumption of electricity.

Greenhouse Gas Emission Statement

Baseline year

Full year 2021

Consolidation Approach

Operational control.

Boundary

Consolidated factories operated by us to manufacture Group products.

Emission factor data source

U.K. sites: Conversion factors published by the Carbon Trust.
U.S. sites: Conversion factors published by the U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency for the state in which the site is located.
Sites in other countries have used their relevant countries conversion factor.

Intensity ratio
Group Metric - Sales value

CO2 equivalent tonnes per $1 million of sales value ($1mSV).
$374.1 million in 2021 (2020: $324.8 million)

31

Greenhouse Gas Emission Source 

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

2021
(tCO2e)1 (tCO2e/$1mSV)

(tCO2e) 1

2020
(tCO2e/$1mSV)

Scope 1 
Fuel combustion (natural gas and other CO2 emissions) and 
operation of facilities
Scope 2
Purchased electricity
Statutory total (Scope 1 & 2) 2

72,222

31,431
103,653

178.1

77.6
255.7

54,124

40,218
94,342

166.6

123.8
290.4

Notes: 

1.

2.

Tonnes of CO2 equivalent. 

Statutory carbon reporting disclosure required by the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013. 

Our total CO2e emissions per $million in sales decreased 12% compared to 2020 as a result of site shutdowns in 
2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Scope 1 emissions increased by 33% in 2021 as we returned to normal 
production levels following the pandemic, and in some cases, worked to push volume to satisfy higher demand 
levels.  Scope  2  emissions  decreased  22%  year-over-year. Additional  investments  made  in  2021  on  electricity-
saving projects and technology are expected to further decrease our total CO2e totals in 2022. 

Industry Engagement 

Our Segments are active members of relevant industry associations and standards bodies, both in Europe and 
North America,  where  they  have  a  positive  influence  as  members,  officers,  and  technical  advisors. They  often 
participate  in,  and  chair  committees  within,  those  associations  on  technical  and  other  matters  of  interest  or 
concern to their relevant industry, including standards, specifications and safety. These organizations include the 
International  Magnesium  Association,  the  Chemical  Industry  Association,  the  Zircon  Industry  Association,  the 
Compressed  Gas  Association,  the  Metal  Powder  Producers  Association,  the  British  Standards  Institute,  the 
Canadian Standards Association, the American Society of Testing and Materials, and many others.

Our People
A large and important part of our lives is spent on the job. We recognize that our employees are the basis of our 
success and the foundation of our future. As such, we are committed to fostering an inclusive, honest, healthy 
and  diverse  work  environment.  Entrenched  in  longstanding  policies  of  Luxfer,  we  promote  workforce  diversity, 
employee  education  and  development,  and  community  involvement. Through  these  policies  and  practices,  we 
continue  to  develop  a  world-class  team.  We  constantly  strive  to  create  an  environment  where  differences  are 
valued, supported and encouraged. 

Responsible Business Ethics

Luxfer  is  committed  to  the  highest  standards  of  corporate  governance  and  business  ethics.  Our  Company’s 
ongoing success stems from our deeply engrained culture of ethics and integrity. Acting with integrity allows us 
to meet the high expectations of our customers, business partners, and the communities in which we operate, 
thus giving Luxfer a competitive advantage. 

Luxfer’s Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, which is the designated code 
of ethics applicable to our Board, Executive Officers, employees and everyone conducting business on Luxfer’s 
behalf.  The  Code  of  Ethics  and  Business  Conduct  provides  a  guide  to  appropriate  business  conduct  and 
acceptable  behavior  for  persons  associated  with  Luxfer.  It  applies  to  financial  conduct,  and  relationships 
amongst  employees  and  our  relationships  with  our  customers  and  suppliers.  Compliance  with  the  Code  is  a 
condition of employment and doing business with Luxfer. Additionally, we have a comprehensive Whistleblowing 
Policy in place which prohibits retaliation against anyone who raises a business conduct concern in good faith or 
cooperates in a Company investigation. Employees are encouraged to report any suspected wrongdoing via our 
anonymous whistleblowing hotline which is available 24/7 and offers multi-lingual support for reporters in more 
than 170 languages.

Luxfer has a comprehensive compliance program in place to ensure our compliance with all laws and regulations 
in  various  jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate.  We  have  Company-wide  policies  which  are  reviewed  regularly  by 
senior management as well as policies that are specific to business unit. Further, Luxfer offers a comprehensive 

32

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

online  compliance  training  platform  to  employees.  The  training  platform  assigns  tailored  training  modules  to 
employees  based  on  their  role  and  area  of  responsibility  within  the  Company. A  number  of  these  courses  are 
considered mandatory compliance trainings for all employees. Each mandatory compliance training is configured 
to include the corresponding Company policy on the topic and require written attestation by each employee that 
they have read, understand, and agree to comply with each policy. Examples of recent training modules in 2021 
include ethics and integrity in the workplace, anti-bribery and anti-corruption, insider trading and dealing, global 
anti-trust  and  competition,  recognizing  conflicts  of  interest,  privacy  and  information  security,  cybersecurity,  and 
workplace harassment prevention.

Human Rights and Labor Practices

We are committed to respecting and safeguarding internationally recognized human rights standards set forth in 
the UN Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, 
and any laws at the national, regional and local levels. As such, our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and 
our  recently  updated  Human  Rights  and  Labor  Practices  Policy  makes  clear  the  principles,  requirements  and 
expectations  of  Luxfer  and  its  employees  to  protect  fundamental  human  rights  in  all  areas  of  our  business. 
These protections include fair and humane treatment, protections against forced labor and child labor, and fair 
wages, benefits and working hours. 

To ensure compliance with our standards and policies, our employees undergo annual training on how to identify 
human  rights  violations  and  how  to  combat  and  prevent  them.  Through  adherence  to  these  policies  and 
application of learned skills, we have adopted sound human rights practices to ensure that our employees are 
treated with the dignity and respect they deserve.

Equal Opportunity, Non-Discrimination & Anti-Harassment

Luxfer  is  an  equal  opportunity  employer.  We  take  every  precaution  to  ensure  that  no  applicant  or  employee 
receives  less  favorable  treatment  on  the  grounds  of  any  characteristic  protected  by  law.  We  have  a  zero-
tolerance  approach  to  discrimination  during  any  stages  of  employment  including  recruitment,  job  assignment, 
promotion, remuneration, training and benefits as set forth in our Equal Opportunity, Non-Discrimination & Anti-
Harassment  policy.  In  line  with  this  Policy,  we  are  committed  to  providing  a  work  environment  free  of 
harassment,  abusive  behavior  and  unprofessional  conduct  based  on  any  protected  characteristics.  Our  policy 
applies  to  all  persons  involved  in  the  operation  of  the  Company  and  any  employee  including  supervisors, 
managers,  and  any  third-parties  such  as  vendors,  customers,  independent  contractors,  unpaid  interns  and 
volunteers. 

Training  is  key  to  promote  equal  opportunities  and  diversity.  Our  talent  acquisition  team  and  hiring  managers 
undergo regular training to ensure that a diverse slate of candidates is considered for all job openings. We have 
developed recruitment practices to target diverse candidates including minorities, veterans and women. We also 
monitor  our  current  workforce  for  diversity,  age  and  gender  demographics  and  use  this  information  to  further 
develop  our  employment  and  recruitment  practices  and  enhance  our  inclusive  work  environment. All  new  and 
existing employees are required to undergo anti-harassment, non-discrimination and unconscious bias trainings 
on an annual basis. 

Occupational Health and Safety

The occupational health and safety of employees is fundamental to delivering sustained economic performance. 
Luxfer  has  established  well-defined  health  and  safety  policies  and  procedures,  as  well  as  ongoing  employee 
training, as part of the Company's commitment to being an industry leader in safety. Gap analyses are regularly 
conducted  and  safety  goals  and  objectives  for  all  functional  business  units  are  developed.  As  part  of  the 
Company's enterprise-wide risk management system, these objectives are monitored, and performance related 
to  them  is  regularly  reviewed  and  discussed.  Employees  are  encouraged  to  submit  suggestions,  ideas,  and 
observations  about  safety  hazards  which  are  incorporated  into  a  "safety  moment"  at  the  beginning  of  each 
meeting to increase awareness and reinforce positive safety behavior. Additional efforts include monthly safety 
meetings with employees, safety audits by management, safety audits by certain employees, and the inclusion 
of safety initiatives as a part of select employees' incentive plans. 

The Company utilizes a mixture of leading and lagging indicators to assess the health and safety performance of 
its  operations.  Leading  indicators  include  reporting  and  closure  of  all  near  miss  events  and  safety  concerns 
identified.  Lagging  indicators  include  the  recordable  Incident  Frequency  Rate  ("IFR")  and  Lost Time Accidents 
("LTAs")  defined  by  the  U.S.  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Administration  ("OSHA").  IFR  is  the  number  of 
work-related injuries per 100 full-time workers during a one-year period. LTA is defined as the number of work-

33

related accidents resulting in an absence from the workplace for a minimum of one full work day.  Across all our 
facilities, Luxfer's IFR in 2021 was 2.62 (2020: 1.85). We had 15 LTA's in 2021 (2020: 8). These safety measures 
are integrated into the performance evaluations of our Executives to further incentivize improvement going into 
2022. These metrics are also reported to the full Board on a quarterly basis.

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Employee Well-Being

Luxfer's workforce is one of our greatest sources of sustainable value. Our ability to deliver on our objectives and 
build  lasting  relationships  with  our  customers  depends  on  the  capabilities,  attraction,  and  retention  of  the 
talented individuals who come to work every day. As such, we continuously strive to offer competitive pay and 
benefits  and  maintain  a  work-life  balance  for  our  employees  in  order  to  foster  job  satisfaction  and  increase 
retention. 

The Company's compensation philosophy aims to attract, retain, and motivate employees through its incentive 
and  benefit  programs.  Luxfer  offers  competitive  base  pay  and,  depending  on  position,  variable  incentive  pay 
associated with individual performance and the performance of the Company as a whole, including both short-
term  incentive  pay  and  long-term  equity  awards.  Full-time  employees  are  offered  paid  time  off,  opportunity  to 
participate in the Company's various pension and retirement savings plans, and, for those located in the U.S., a 
401(k)  retirement  savings  contribution  match.  In  addition,  employees  may  participate  in  the  Company's  U.S. 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") and U.K. Share Incentive Plan ("SIP"), which provides employees an 
opportunity  to  become  Luxfer  shareholders  at  a  reduced  price.  Through  convenient  payroll  deductions,  U.S. 
employees  can  purchase  Company  stock  at  a  15%  discount  under  the  ESPP.  Similarly,  under  the  SIP,  U.K. 
employees  can  purchase  Company  stock  through  payroll  deductions  and,  in  turn,  the  Company  grants 
participating employees one free share per every two shares purchased. 

Luxfer also provides health benefit coverage, fitness and wellness programs, and healthy living incentives to our 
employees.  We  offer  group  medical,  dental,  and  vision  plans,  along  with  life,  disability,  and  paid  family  leave 
offerings which vary by jurisdiction. Luxfer is proud to offer several optional fitness and wellness programs, such 
as  our  Employee  Healthy  Lifestyle  Program.  Available  to  our  U.S.  employees,  the  program  offers  partial 
reimbursement  for  certain  gym  and  fitness  center  memberships,  weight  loss  programs,  and  group  exercise 
classes.  U.S.  employees  are  also  eligible  to  participate  in  a  smoking  cessation  program  through  which 
employees who complete a 90-day program are rewarded with lower insurance rates. 

In  addition  to  financial  and  physical  well-being,  employees'  social  and  emotional  health  is  supported  through 
access  to  wellness  clinics  and  funded  mental  health  counseling  services. As  a  part  of  Luxfer's  group  medical 
insurance plan, U.S. employees have convenient access to mental health services through live video visits with 
a board-certified doctor or licensed therapist. Luxfer also provides access to the Employee Assistance Program, 
which is designed to support employees and their families with a variety of work-life services and resources for 
family  matters,  including  legal  assistance,  financial  budgeting,  and  more.  Through  the  Employee  Assistance 
Program,  employees  are  connected  to  a  credentialed  counselor,  free  of  charge,  to  provide  professional, 
confidential services to help them and their loved ones improve their quality of life. 

Growth and Talent Development

One  of  Luxfer's  core  values  is  'Personal  Development'  because  we  are  only  as  strong  as  our  employees  who 
achieve, lead, and revolutionize our business. We believe in each employee's ability to bring their unique skills 
and  passions  into  the  challenging  and  constantly  evolving  industries  we  serve  by  providing  an  environment  to 
grow and take advantage of career opportunities. 

Employees  are  provided  training,  learning,  and  development  opportunities  at  all  levels  of  the  Company. At  the 
management level, the Management and Executive Development program focuses on individual strengths and 
fosters technical skills and knowledge to create the next generation of well-rounded Luxfer leaders. With a multi-
faceted curriculum, the program provides critical problem-solving, business management, and leadership skills. 
At  the  workforce  level,  management  teams  work  closely  with  employees  to  ensure  that  they  have  the  skills, 
knowledge, experience, and support necessary to accomplish their goals. Management utilizes a variety of tools 
to  evaluate  employee  performance,  including  skills  assessments,  self-evaluations,  and  the  achievement  of 
personal  objectives.  Personal  objectives  (a  list  of  goals  the  employee  will  strive  to  achieve)  are  set  at  the 
beginning of each year in the form of a balanced scorecard. Managers approve the personal objective scorecard 
and  review  the  employee's  performance  in  relation  to  their  scorecard  throughout  the  year.  For  eligible 
employees,  annual  bonuses  are  tied  to  the  achievement  of  personal  objectives.  Moreover,  setting  personal 
objectives  gets  employees  involved  with  the  Company's  overall  strategy  and  improves  engagement,  thereby 
supporting Luxfer's growth and profitability. 

34

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

To  further  support  employees'  personal  development,  Luxfer  offers  a  company-wide  online  training  and 
development  platform  designed  to  increase  access  to  critical  business,  leadership,  management,  productivity, 
collaboration,  and  computer  software  skills. Available  to  all  Luxfer  employees,  the  platform  provides  access  to 
over  180,000  courses,  books,  and  audio  books  on  a  variety  of  topics  from  world-class  experts. The  content  is 
made to suit different learning styles; all one click away in the same user interface. Employees can access the 
content 24/7 on any desktop or mobile device, providing them with the opportunity to improve their performance 
anytime, anywhere. 

Diverse and Supportive Workplace

The  professional  conduct  of  our  employees  furthers  the  Company's  mission,  promotes  productivity,  minimizes 
disputes,  and  enhances  our  reputation. As  such,  Luxfer  strives  to  create  and  maintain  a  work  environment  in 
which people are treated with dignity, decency, and respect. Pursuant to the Company's Equal Opportunity, Non-
Discrimination,  and  Anti-Harassment  Policy  and  the  Human  Rights  and  Labor  Practices  Policy,  the  work 
environment  at  Luxfer  is  characterized  by  mutual  trust  and  the  absence  of  intimidation,  oppression,  and 
exploitation and operates free of discrimination or harassment. 

Luxfer's  diversity  initiatives  are  applicable,  but  not  limited,  to  practices  on  recruitment  and  selection,  including 
targeted sourcing of personnel from diverse backgrounds; compensation and benefits; professional development 
and  training;  advancement  opportunities;  and  the  ongoing  development  of  a  diverse  and  inclusive  work 
environment.  To  ensure  effective  teamwork  and  the  achievement  of  common  business  goals,  all  Luxfer 
personnel are required to complete a variety of anti-harassment, non-discrimination, diversity, and unconscious 
bias  trainings  annually.  Luxfer's  talent  acquisition  teams  and  hiring  managers  undergo  additional  training  to 
ensure  that  a  diverse  slate  of  candidates  is  considered  for  all  job  openings.  Further,  Luxfer  monitors  the 
composition  of  its  current  workforce  for  diversity,  age,  and  gender  demographics.  The  quality  of  this  data  is 
continually improved to ensure that a diverse and talent workforce is maintained. This data is used to enhance 
employment and recruitment practices to provide the most inclusive work environment possible. 

Further information on employee policies, communication and engagement can be found in the Directors’ Report 
on pages 36 to 39.

At December 31, 2021, the number of employees was as follows: 

Employees *

Directors of Luxfer Holdings PLC

Senior Managers

Employees

2021
Male**

5

34

926

2020
Male**

4

39

1,011

2021
Female**

2020
Female**

2

10

404

2

12

376

*The Directors of Luxfer Holdings PLC include 6 independent Non-Executive Directors who are not employees of the Company.

** Includes numbers in relation to discontinued operations.

Customers and Suppliers

Recognizing  our  customers  as  a  crucial  source  of  our  success,  a  core  value  of  Luxfer  is  always  putting  the 
customer first. Our products are customizable and are tailored to suit the highly specific needs of each individual 
customer.  We  always  strive  to  build  and  maintain  long-term  relationships  with  our  customers  based  on  mutual 
cooperation and the highest standards of quality and service. Working in close collaboration with one another, 
we work hard to find innovative solutions to suit their needs for advanced materials and products. Our focus is on 
demanding  applications  where  our  technical  know-how  and  manufacturing  expertise  combine  to  deliver  a 
superior product. 

Luxfer has a complex global supply chain. We understand that such complexity comes with certain risks, which 
demands  that  we  maintain  a  high  level  of  due  diligence  and  vigilance  of  the  third  parties  and  suppliers  with 
whom  we  do  business. To  ensure  that  our  suppliers  conduct  business  with  a  high  degree  of  integrity  and  in  a 
socially  and  environmentally  responsible  manner,  all  third  parties  (including  suppliers,  distributors,  contractors, 
agents, service providers, and customers) are expected to adhere to our Third Party Code of Conduct. Based on 
our  own  Code  of  Ethics  and  Business  Conduct,  the  Third  Party  Code  of  Conduct  applies  to  all  third  parties 
worldwide.  Under  the  Code,  third  parties  are  expected  to  respect,  acknowledge,  uphold,  and  comply  with  the 
following key themes and extend these standards to their supply chains:

• Working conditions

•

Employee health and safety

35

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

•

•

•

•

•

•

Child labor, forced labor, and human trafficking

Business ethics, anti-corruption and anti-bribery

Data privacy

Environmental responsibility

Conflict-free mineral sourcing

Product and service quality

Beginning in 2021, the establishment of new commercial contracts and the continuation of existing commercial 
arrangements with Luxfer require that third parties complete and return an acknowledgement form as a means to 
verify  compliance  with  the  Third  Party  Code  of  Conduct.  To  ensure  ongoing  compliance,  Luxfer  requests  that 
third parties renew their signature on the form once every three years. 

To ensure our compliance with applicable laws, we conduct thorough examinations, supplier risk assessments, 
and  both  on-  and  off-  site  audits.  We  also  require  that  third  parties  allow  representatives  from  Luxfer  and,  if 
requested,  Luxfer’s  customers,  full  access  to  their  production  facilities,  worker  records  and  employees  for 
confidential interviews. We consistently ensure that we are using appropriate due diligence procedures to vet our 
suppliers prior to and during any engagements and we reject suppliers who do not fulfill our requirements. While 
we have multiple sourcing options in almost every area of the Group, our key suppliers are important to us, and 
we have chosen them for their combination of quality, delivery performance and value for money. 

Section 172 statement

Luxfer’s Board of Directors is responsible for overseeing the Company’s long-term business strategy. Each year, 
management presents to the Board, and the Board discusses and approves detailed long-term strategic plans 
for the Company. In addition to the overall strategic plan for Luxfer, these discussions also include sessions on 
each business unit, portfolio management, growth and innovation, legal and compliance strategy and operations 
and  supply  chain  transformation.  The  Board  also  oversees  the  Company’s  approach  to  ESG  matters  and  the 
Company’s governance related policies and practices; our system of risk oversight and management; and how 
we advance environmental sustainability, health and safety in our business and operations. The Directors take 
their  responsibilities  under  Companies  Act  2006  seriously  and  consider  their  responsibilities  to  stakeholders 
when making decisions for the Group. The responsibilities under Section 172 are underpinned by our values of 
customer first, innovation, accountability, personal development and teamwork. 

Shareholder and public engagement are essential to maintaining our strong corporate governance practices. We 
value feedback and input from all our shareholders and respond to concerns identified during the engagement 
process.  Engaging  regularly  with  our  global  shareholders  helps  us  gain  valuable  insights  into  the  governance 
issues  about  which  they  care  most.  We  seek  a  collaborative  and  mutually  beneficial  approach  to  issues  of 
importance  to  shareholders  that  affect  our  business  and  to  assure  that  our  corporate  governance  practices 
remain industry-leading from their perspectives.

Further information regarding the role of the Board and how they have complied with the requirements of section 
172 are included in the Corporate Governance statement on pages 22 to 35.

36

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Directors’ Report

The  Directors  of  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  (the  “Company”)  present  their  annual  report  together  with  the  audited 
financial  statements  of  the  Group  and  the  Company  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021.  This  Directors’ 
Report should be read together with, and incorporates, the Governance section on pages 19 to 35. 

Results 

The profit for the year, after taxation from continuing operations, amounted to $24.8 million (2020: $17.8 million); 
please see the Strategic report on pages 3 to 13 for more detail.

Dividends per Share

Quarterly interim dividends of $0.125 each £0.50 ordinary share, equating to $13.6 million for the year and $3.4 
million per quarter, were paid in 2021 (2020: $13.6 million).

A further interim dividend was paid in February 2022 of $0.125 each £0.50 ordinary share totalling $3.4 million 
and a further dividend declared in March to be paid in May 2022 of $0.13 each £0.50 ordinary share totaling $3.6 
million.

Directors

The  Directors  of  the  Company  who  were  in  office  during  the  year  and  up  to  the  date  of  signing  the  financial 
statements, and their brief biographical details are set out in the Governance section on pages 26 to 27.

Capital Structure

In June 2021, the Board announced a share buy-back program. As a result, in 2021, the Company purchased 
297,678 total shares for $6.4 million. Of the 297,678 shares repurchased in the year, 56,000 at $0.7 million have 
been cancelled. 16,395 shares were utilized at $0.1 million, with the remaining 225,283 retained within Treasury 
shares.

As  at  December  31,  2021,  the  Company’s  issued  share  capital  comprised  of  28,944,000  ordinary  shares  of 
£0.50  each  and  765,835,318,444  deferred  shares  of  £0.0001  each  as  set  out  in  Note  20  to  the  financial 
statements.

Substantial shareholdings 

The Company had been notified of the following interests amounting to 3% or more of its issued share capital as 
at the end of the financial year1: 

Shareholder

FMR LLC

Wellington Management Group, LLP

Paradice Investment Management, LLC

Nantahala Capital Management, LLC

William Blair Investment Management LLC

Kempen Capital Management N.V

BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, N.A.

Royce & Associates, LP

American Century Investment Management, Inc.

Granahan Investment Management, Inc

AltraVue Capital, LLC

Number of shares

3,493,532

2,699,248

2,234,032

2,118,233

2,082,207

1,999,576

1,576,832

1,013,679

969,514

928,790

829,290

Percent2

12.7%

9.8%

8.1%

7.7%

7.6%

7.3%

5.7%

3.7%

3.5%

3.4%

3.0%

1  Shareholdings  are  based  on  the  latest  available  information  as  at  the  approval  date  of  these  financial 
statements.

2 Percentage based on number of shares listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

37

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Directors’ Interests and Related Party Transactions 

No Director had a material interest in, nor was any Director party to, any contract or arrangement to which the 
Company or any subsidiary is or was party to either during the year or at the end of the year, with the following 
exceptions:  in  the  case  of  the  Executive  Director,  his  individual  service  contract  and  in  the  case  of  the  Non-
Executive Directors, their engagement letters, see Note 33 of the financial statements.

The  interests  of  the  Directors  who  held  office  at  December  31,  2021,  and  those  of  their  families,  in  the  share 
capital of the Company, including share options are set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 40 to 60. All of 
the  interests  were  beneficial. There  has  been  no  change  in  the  interests  of  the  directors  between  the  balance 
sheet date and the date of approval of the financial statements.

Going Concern

The Directors have prepared cash flow forecasts for a period of at least 12 months from the date of the approval 
of  these  financial  statements  which  indicate  that,  taking  account  of  reasonably  possible  downsides,  the 
Company  will  have  sufficient  funds,  generated  from  operations  and  committed  banking  facilities,  to  meet  its 
liabilities as they fall due for that period.

The  Directors  continue  to  monitor  the  impact  of  COVID-19  on  the  Company  and  wider  markets  in  which  the 
Company operates. Whilst COVID-19 has given rise to inflationary cost pressures and supply chain issues, the 
business continues to recover well from the pandemic, as demonstrated by the significant improvement in year 
on year results. The impact of COVID-19 is further discussed below.

Subsequent  to  the  year  end,  the  global  political  environment  has  become  increasingly  uncertain.  This  could 
potentially give rise to additional inflationary cost pressures and supply chain issues to those arising as a result 
of COVID-19. In response to these events, the Company continues to execute business continuity plans in line 
with  those  used  to  mitigate  the  impact  of  COVID-19  (see  below  for  further  details).  Furthermore,  the  Directors 
have  assessed  that  revenue  generated  from  affected  areas  is  less  than  one  percent  of  the  Company's  total 
revenue,  and  as  such  the  Group  has  minimal  exposure  to  these  events.  Whilst  the  Company  purchases  raw 
materials  from  affected  areas,  alternative  supply  chains  are  available  and  have  been  executed  since  these 
events began. 

Despite the uncertainties discussed above, the Company is expected to generate positive cash from operations 
for a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of these financial statements. In addition, there is 
sufficient  headroom  in  our  covenant  compliance  which  would  enable  the  Group  to  drawdown  on  the  revolving 
credit  facility  and  not  impact  the  Group's  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern,  at  the  date  of  these  financial 
statements  there  is  in  excess  of  $50m  undrawn  on  the  revolving  credit  facility.  Accordingly,  the  financial 
statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.

Impact of COVID-19 on the Financial Statements

Demand  from  most  end-markets  we  serve  has  improved  throughout  2021  following  the  adverse  impact  of 
COVID-19  on  prior  year  volumes.  Sharp  recovery  in  demand,  combined  with  supply  chain  challenges,  has 
resulted in some adverse business impacts, including increased material cost inflation on key inputs (including 
magnesium,  aluminum  and  carbon  fiber),  labor  availability  issues  and  energy  and  transport  cost  increases. 
Currently,  our  expectation  is  that  the  impact  of  material  and  energy  cost  inflation  and  labor  and  transport 
constraints will continue into 2022, but it is our intention to pass through inflation to our customers.

The Company continues to monitor the COVID-19 situation closely, including subsequent constraints on supply, 
while simultaneously executing business continuity plans. These business continuity plans include, but are not 
limited  to,  (i)  retooling  operations  to  maintain  social  distance  and  maximize  employee  safety;  (ii)  increasing 
resources to manage supply constraints and recruit employees in order to satisfy demand; (iii) expanding flexible 
work  arrangements  and  policies,  where  practical,  to  maximize  employee  safety;  and  (iv)  providing  regular 
updates to our shareholders, employees, customers, and suppliers in a transparent and timely manner.

In  relation  to  liquidity,  the  Company  has  access  to  a  revolving  credit  facility  (see  Note  11)  and  has  performed 
stress  testing  on  financial  covenants  using  current  forecast  information.  Consequently,  the  Company  has  not 
identified any liquidity concerns.

Research and Development

During the year, the Company incurred $3.9 million (2020: $3.3 million) in research and development costs on 
new  and  improved  products  and  processes.  Once  a  project  is  reasonably  certain  to  deliver  a  commercial 
product, certain of the development costs are capitalised. The Company continues to maintain links in fields of 
research with both leading universities in various countries and outside agencies to support and supplement its 
own  in-house  expertise. The  Company  also  continues  to  gain  significant  tax  benefit  from  the  U.K.  Patent  Box 
regime. 

38

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Future Developments 

An indication of the future developments of the business of the Company can be found in the Strategic Report on 
page 8.

Disabled Employees 

Where an employee has developed a disability whilst employed in his or her business that impacts on his or her 
ability to carry out a certain job effectively, the relevant business unit will make arrangements where possible to 
retrain  that  employee  and  continue  his  or  her  employment. Applicants  for  job  vacancies  who  are  disabled  are 
given full and fair consideration, bearing in mind requirements of the particular job and the particular aptitude and 
abilities of the candidate.

Employee Involvement

Many employees are directly involved in the performance of the Group and segments through the use of various 
incentive schemes. These include bonus schemes and various share-related schemes, details of which can be 
found in the Environment, Social and Governance ("ESG") section of the Governance Report on page 30.

A  combination  of  newsletters,  regular  line  manager  and  team  briefings,  exchanges  and  consultations,  at  both 
Group and site level (as appropriate) are used to systematically communicate with employees and develop their 
awareness of matters that concern them, their business unit, segment, and the Group. As required, employees 
are consulted on matters that concern them in an appropriate manner and through appropriate channels. 

The  Group  continues  to  offer  training  and  development  opportunities  to  employees  at  all  levels  and  to  all 
abilities,  providing  benefit  to  both  the  Group  and  the  individual  employee.  Further  details  can  be  found  in  the 
ESG  section  of  the  Governance  Report  on  pages  28  to  31.  We  undertake  a  succession  planning  review 
periodically to ensure that we develop suitable candidates for critical leadership roles within the Group. 

For  senior  management,  we  hold  an  annual  management  conference  at  the  beginning  of  each  year  where 
strategy for each business segment and at the Group level is presented and discussed for the year. Workshops 
on subjects that will promote Group strategy will be held throughout the year. Meetings of employees who have 
the same or similar functions within the Group also meet periodically for training, to exchange best practices and 
convey Group policy.

Our  Equal  Opportunity,  Non-Discrimnation  and  Anti-Harassment  Policy  sets  forth  our  employment  practices 
throughout the Group in the treatment of applicants and Luxfer employees at all stages of employment.

Political Donations

The Company and its subsidiaries made no political donations in either 2021 or 2020.

Directors’ Liabilities

The  Company  maintains  liability  insurance  for  Directors  and  Officers  which  provides  appropriate  coverage  for 
any  legal  action  brought  against  Directors.  Throughout  the  year  and  at  the  date  of  approval  of  the  financial 
statements, the Articles provides indemnification for the Directors against liability incurred in the proper conduct 
of the Company's business subject to the conditions set out in the Companies Act 2006. 

Greenhouse Gas Emissions 

A statement regarding the greenhouse gas emissions resulting from the Company’s operations can be found on 
pages 28 to 31 of the Governance Report. The Company is continuing to develop its management information in 
respect  of  greenhouse  gas  emissions  and  other  environmental  factors,  such  that  it  is  not  currently  possible  to 
accurately  report  all  required  information.  However,  the  Company  discloses  a  significant  amount  of 
environmental information in its Governance Report as referenced above. Further information can also be found 
in  the  Company's  annual  ESG  report,  available  on  the  Company  website.  The  next  report  will  be  available 
towards the end of 2022.

Treasury and the Use of Financial Derivatives

Details of our financing and treasury policies, along with the management of treasury risks and use of financial 
derivatives can be found in Notes 28 and 29 to the consolidated financial statements.

Purchase of own shares

In June 2021, the Board announced a share buy-back program. As a result, in 2021, the Company purchased 
297,678 total shares for $6.4 million. Of the 297,678 shares repurchased in the year, 56,000 at $0.7 million have 
been cancelled. 16,395 shares were utilized at $0.1 million, with the remaining 225,283 retained within Treasury 
shares.

39

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Financial Risks

Details  of  our  principal  risks  and  uncertainties  can  be  found  on  pages  9  to  12  of  the  strategic  report.  The 
management  of  these  financial  risks  and  mitigating  actions  are  explained  further  in  Note  28  of  the  Group 
consolidated financial statements.

Directors’ Statement as to Disclosure of Information to the Auditors

The Directors, who served as members of the Board at the time of approving this Directors’ Report are listed on 
page  26.  Having  made  inquiries  of  fellow  Directors  and  of  the  Company’s  auditors,  each  of  those  Directors 
confirms that: 

•

•

To the best of their knowledge and belief there is no information relevant to the preparation of their report of 
which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and

All reasonably expected steps were taken to be aware of relevant audit information and to establish that the 
Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

Statement of Directors' Responsibilities in respect of the Financial Statements

The Statement of Directors' Responsibilities in respect of the Financial Statements can be found on page 61 and 
forms part of this Report.

Independent Auditors

A  written  Resolution  will  be  put 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the Company's Independent Auditors.

the  Annual  General  Meeting  of 

to 

the  Company 

to  re-appoint 

The  financial  statements  on  pages  70  to  134  were  approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors  on April  21,  2022  and 
signed on their behalf by:

Alok Maskara

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

April 21, 2022

40

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION REPORT

Chair's Letter

Dear Shareholder,

As Chair of the Remuneration Committee, I present Luxfer's Directors' Remuneration Report for the year ended 
31st  December  2021.  The  Remuneration  Report,  starting  on  page  43,  (i)  contains  the  current  Directors' 
Remuneration Policy, which was last approved at the 2021 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders on 9th June 
2021  and  (ii)  sets  out  details  of  the  remuneration  paid  to  Luxfer's  Directors  in  2021  and  decisions  affecting 
Director remuneration in 2022.  

2021 Performance 

Fiscal  year  2021  was  a  year  of  uncertainty,  as  the  COVID-19  pandemic  continued  to  impact  businesses  and 
people  around  the  world.  Despite  these  challenges,  Luxfer  remained  focused  on  our  people;  supporting  our 
customers; and contributing to our communities through the supply of sustainable transportation solutions, life-
saving  medical  and  emergency  response  equipment,  and  advanced  materials  for  use  in  general  industrial 
applications. While Luxfer was not immune to supply chain and logistics challenges, we entered the pandemic 
with a strong balance sheet and good momentum. Exceptional market conditions and continued progress on our 
transformation plan led to solid sales growth, profitability, and operating cash flow, as Luxfer delivered financial 
performance ahead of budget in 2021. These results demonstrate that 2021 was another year of solid balance 
sheet  strength,  and  this  strong  financial  performance  is  reflected  in  the  Company's  2021  remuneration 
outcomes. 

2021 Remuneration Changes and Outcomes

Director remuneration is an important matter to Luxfer's Board of Directors, the Remuneration Committee, and 
our  shareholders.  Recognizing  this  importance,  Luxfer's  remuneration  programs  account  for  both  short-term 
financial performance and long-term value creation. Specifically, the remuneration of Luxfer's Directors includes 
(i)  fixed  remuneration  to  compensate  Directors  appropriately  in  accordance  with  their  responsibilities  and 
dedication to the Company and (ii) long-term equity compensation to strengthen the alignment between Director 
and shareholder interests through share ownership. As set forth in the Directors' Remuneration Policy, Luxfer's 
Director remuneration programs aim to:

•
•
•
•
•

attract, retain, and motivate high-quality talent;
align the achievement of strategic objectives with shareholders' interests and long-term value creation;
appropriately and transparently compensate Directors for professional accountability;
offer competitive and fair remuneration; and
establish remuneration packages that provide an appropriate balance between short-term and long-term 
reward.

Executive Director Remuneration

Alok  Maskara,  Luxfer's  former  Chief  Executive  Officer,  was  the  Company's  only  Executive  Director  in  2021. 
During  the  year,  Director  remuneration  was  comprised  of  the  same  elements  as  those  in  previous  years, 
including  base  salary,  benefits  in  kind,  pension  or  401(k)  contribution,  annual  cash  bonus  incentive,  and  long-
term  equity  awards.  While  the  majority  of  these  elements  did  not  change  from  year-to-year,  total  Executive 
Director remuneration is dependent on the achievement of certain financial goals, which impact the cash bonus 
incentive  and  long-term  equity  awards.  Additionally,  there  were  no  increases  to  Alok  Maskara's  base  salary 
between 2019 and 2020. While his base salary remained the same, total salary payout in 2020 was less than 
2019  due  to  the  impact  of  COVID-related  furloughs  and  voluntary  pay  reductions.  For  fiscal  2021,  the 
Remuneration  Committee  determined  that  annual  merit  increases  were  warranted  based  on  performance, 
market  comparisons,  and  changes  in  level  of  responsibility. As  such,  the  Committee  approved  a  5.9%  annual 
merit increase to Alok Maskara's 2021 base salary from his 2019 base salary. 

Consistent  with  the  "pay  for  performance"  principle,  Mr.  Maskara's  2021  remuneration  was  comprised  of  72% 
variable remuneration, while only 28% of his remuneration was fixed, including base salary and benefits in kind. 
Mr. Maskara's variable remuneration includes an annual cash bonus incentive and long-term equity awards. In 
2021, the annual cash bonus incentive was dependent on two financial performance goals: Management EBITA 
and  cash  conversion.  The  financial  performance  goals  are  measured  against  predetermined  criteria,  and  the 

41

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

annual  cash  bonus  paid  on  a  sliding  scale  basis,  based  on  achievement  of  threshold,  target,  and  maximum 
levels. As a result of  the Company's solid financial performance in 2021, including strong end market demand 
and operating cash flow, the annual cash bonus awarded to Alok Maskara was 186% of his base salary, out of a 
maximum  potential  of  200%. The  achievement  of  Management  EBITA  metric  was  at  maximum  level,  whereas 
the  cash  conversion  metric  was  above  target  and  slightly  below  maximum  level.  Further  details  on  the  bonus 
arrangements and the bonus paid can be found in the Single Figure, Executive Directors' Remuneration section 
of the Remuneration Report on page 44.

Following shareholder approval of the Directors' Remuneration Policy on 9th June 2021, the maximum long-term 
equity award available to the Chief Executive Officer under the Company's Long-Term Umbrella Incentive Plan 
increased  from  220%  to  300%  of  base  salary.  With  respect  to  2021  long-term  equity  awards,  60%  of  Mr. 
Maskara's targeted share award was in the form of performance-based share units and 40% was in the form of 
time-based  restricted  stock  units  ("RSUs").  The  performance-based  share  units  are  awarded  based  on  the 
achievement  of  two  financial  performance  goals:  diluted  earnings  per  share  ("EPS")  and  relative  total 
shareholder return ("TSR"). In 2021, the Remuneration Committee set these EPS and TSR performance goals at 
challenging  levels  to  motivate  the  Executive  and  further  align  the  Executive's  interests  with  those  of 
shareholders. The EPS award, which makes up 24% of the Executive Director's total targeted share award, was 
achieved at maximum level, or 200%, in 2021. While the TSR measurement period runs through 31st December 
2021, the Company's TSR was in the 2nd quartile of its peer group as of 31st December 2021. 

As set forth in the Company's 2020 Remuneration Report, the EPS performance goals set for fiscal year 2020 
were  not  achieved.  Accordingly,  no  EPS  awards  were  made  in  2021.  As  to  the  2020  TSR  awards,  the 
measurement period runs through 31st December 2022; however, the Company's TSR was in the 3rd quartile of 
its peer group as of 31st December 2021. As the 2019 TSR measurement period ended 31st December 2021 and 
the Company was in the 3rd quartile of its peer group, the Executive Director's 2021 remuneration includes a 50% 
payout in relation to the 2019 TSR award. Further details on long-term equity awards are set out in the Single 
Figure,  Executive  Director's  Remuneration  and  the  Awards  Granted  During  the  Year  sections  of  the 
Remuneration Report, as well as the associated Notes. 

Non-Executive Director Remuneration

Non-Executive  Director  remuneration  is  comprised  of  an  annual  retainer  fee  and  long-term  equity  awards.  In 
2021,  the  Remuneration  Committee  evaluated  the  Company's  Non-Executive  Director  remuneration  program 
and  concluded  that  the  structure  was  comparable  to  that  of  other  similar  companies  and  competitive  in  the 
marketplace. Based on recommendation by its independent compensation consultant and following shareholder 
approval of the Directors' Remuneration Policy on 9th June 2021, the long-term equity awards available to Non-
Executive  Directors  were  increased  from  55%  to  100%  of  the  Non-Executive  Directors'  annual  retainer  fee.  In 
2021, Non-Executive Directors were awarded RSUs in an amount equal to 100% of the annual retainer fee. As in 
previous years, these RSUs vest immediately prior to the following year's AGM. Non-Executive Director retainer 
fees remained unchanged in 2021, being $115,000 for the Board Chair and $82,000 for all other Non-Executive 
Directors. Further details on Non-Executive Director remuneration can be found under the section headed Non-
Executive Directors' Remuneration of the Remuneration Report. 

Areas of Focus and Decisions Affecting 2022 Remuneration

As Director remuneration continues to be an important matter to our shareholders and the Company as a whole, 
it is anticipated that the Remuneration Committee will focus on the following areas in 2022:

•

•

•

•

designing and, following shareholder approval, implementing an Amended and Restated Luxfer Holdings 
PLC Long-Term Umbrella Incentive Plan and Equity Incentive Plan;
examining  opportunities  to  improve  the  long-term  incentive  framework,  including  changes  to  financial 
performance goals relative to performance-based share awards;
determining  appropriate  performance  measures  for  the  annual  cash  bonus  incentive,  including  the 
introduction of ESG measures to reflect the Company's commitment to sustainability; and
reviewing  the  peer  group  used  by  the  Company  for  benchmarking  performance  goals  and  Executive 
remuneration as a whole. 

A summary of the Chief Executive Officer's salary and incentive arrangements for the financial year 2022 can be 
found under the section headed Implementation of the Remuneration Policy for the Year Ending 31 December 
2022. 

42

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Shareholder Engagement

As  required  by  Sections  439  and  440  of  the  Companies  Act  2006,  Luxfer  seeks  shareholder  approval  of  its 
annual  Directors'  Remuneration  Report.  Shareholder  votes  provide  the  Board  with  invaluable  public 
accountability and shareholder feedback regarding the appropriateness of the Company's Remuneration Policy. 
The Directors' Remuneration Policy was last approved by our shareholders at the 2021 Annual General Meeting, 
where 99.76% of the votes cast were in favor of approving the Directors' Remuneration Policy. The Committee 
currently has no proposal to amend the Policy.

The Company's Directors' Remuneration Policy can be found in the Governance section of our website at https://
www.luxfer.com/investors/governance/board-committees/. 

Approval  of  the  Directors'  Remuneration  Report  will  be  proposed  as  an  ordinary  resolution,  subject  to  a  non-
biding advisory vote by shareholders, at the Company's 2022 Annual General Meeting on 8th June 2022. I and 
the  Remuneration  Committee  are  always  pleased  to  discuss  our  remuneration  approach  with  Luxfer 
shareholders, and we welcome your feedback throughout the year. We look forward to receiving your support for 
the arrangements described in this Report at the upcoming AGM. 

Richard J. Hipple

CHAIR OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
April 21, 2022
Directors' Remuneration Report

43

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Remuneration Report

2021 Remuneration Report
(subject to advisory vote by the shareholders at the 2022 AGM)
This  report  has  been  compiled  in  accordance  with  the  U.K.  ‘The  Large  and  Medium‑sized  Companies  and 
Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendments) Regulations 2013’. As required by the Regulations, the report will 
be proposed for an advisory vote at the 2022 AGM. The approved Remuneration Policy can be found in the 
Governance section of the Company’s website at www.luxfer.com/governance/.

The Remuneration Committee, its Activities and Responsibilities

The members of the Committee during the year are set out below.

Members of Committee 
during 2021

Richard Hipple
Allisha Elliott
Lisa Trimberger

Member and Chair
Member
Member 

Meetings held 
during membership

Meetings
attended

2
2
2

2i
1i
2i

i Both of the Committee meetings were held via videoconference due to COVID-19.

The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee. The Chief Executive Officer normally attends all the 
meetings, at least in part.

The  Committee  is  responsible  for  determining  and  agreeing  with  the  Board  the  framework  on  executive 
remuneration  and  its  costs.  The  Committee’s  written  Terms  of  Reference  can  be  accessed  in  the 
Governance section of the Company’s website www.luxfer.com/governance/.

During 2021, the Committee discussed the following matters:

March 2021

December 
2021

•

•
•
•

•

•

•
•
•
•
•
•

Consideration as to whether, and to what extent, the Executive Directors' bonus targets for 2020 
had been met;
Determination of the Executive Director’s annual bonus targets for 2021;
Annual review of the Executive Director's and Company Secretary salaries;
Setting of goals to be met by the Executive Directors and Senior Managers which if met would 
lead to the awarding of time‑based share awards;
Delegation of authority to Chief Executive Officer to make awards under the LTIP over a defined 
number of shares to junior and middle management in his sole discretion; and
Review of of Executive and Non-Executive officer stock ownership guidelines.

Annual review of the Committee's Terms of Reference;
Annual review of stock ownership guidelines;
Remuneration committee annual agenda and calendar;
2021 Executive compensation forecast; 
Review of proposed 2022 Executive and Non-Executive Officer compensation; and
Review of committee self-evaluation exercise.

Advisors to the Committee
The Committee has access to independent advice when it considers it requires such advice.

The  Company  engaged  with  Meridian  Compensation  Partners,  LLC  ("Meridian")  to  provide  advisory  and 
benchmarking  surveys  with  regards  to  Director  and  Executive  Officer  remuneration  and  benchmarking  peer 
companies. The cost of advice provided by Meridian during 2021 was $2,835 (2020: $12,216).

44

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

REMUNERATION RECEIVED BY THE DIRECTOR FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021
(Information within pages 44 to 51 have been audited. Information within pages 52 to 60 not subject to 
audit unless stated otherwise.)

Single Figure

The tables below set out an analysis of the Director’s total remuneration for 2021. Total remuneration reflects 
both the performance of the Company and the contribution made by the Director to the continued success of the 
Company during their period of tenure.

Executive Director’s Remuneration

Single Total Figure Table

U.S.$

Year

Salary(1)

Alok Maskara

2021

2020

715,000

657,000

Taxable
Benefits 
(2)

Annual
Bonus(3)

Long-Term 
Incentive 
Awards(4)

52,198

1,330,615

1,234,404

Other 
Share 
Awards(5)
4,042

Pensions 
Contributions
(6)

Total

178,750

3,515,009

60,197

337,500

831,890

11,613

165,480

2,063,680

U.S.$
Alok Maskara

Year
2021

2020

Fixed pay
945,948

882,677

Variable pay
2,569,061

1,181,003

Total
3,515,009

2,063,680

Table  compiled  in  accordance  with  the  U.K.  'The  Large  and  Medium-sized  Companies  and  Groups  (Accounts 
and  Reports)  Regulations  2008',  as  amended  by  'The  Large  and  Medium-sized  Companies  and  Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013'.

(1)Salary.  Single  Total  Figure  remuneration  reflects  the  period  from  January  1,  2021  to  December  31, 
2021.

(2)Taxable Benefits. During the year an amount was paid to the director in respect of expenses relating 
to car allowance, and medical and dental insurance. All payments made to Alok Maskara in respect of 
these allowances were determined and paid in U.S. dollars. 

(3)Annual Bonus. For the 2021 financial year, the annual bonus plan was based on the achievement of 
two  financial  performance  goals,  management  EBITA  (adjusted  earnings  before  interest,  taxation  and 
amortisation)  performance  and  the  ratio  of  management  EBITA  to  adjusted  operating  cash  flow  “Cash 
Conversion”  (two  of  the  key  strategic  performance  indicators  used  by  the  Company  to  assess  its 
development against its financial objectives during the year), measured against the annual budget and 
an element was based on the achievement of certain predetermined balanced scorecard objectives.

45

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Summary of the annual bonus potential as a percentage of base salary for the Executive Director for 
2021:

Maximum Annual bonus 
(number of points available 
and % of salary)(1)

Sliding scale between threshold, 
target and stretch

Management
EBITA(2)

Cash 
Conversion(3)

Bonus 
outcome 
2021

Alok Maskara

200%

0.0% - 100.0%

0.0% - 100.0%

186%

(1)In 2021, Luxfer achieved levels of EBITA and cash conversion that resulted in a bonus opportunity of 
186% out of 200% being assessed for Alok Maskara. 

(2)Management  EBITA  (earnings  before  interest,  taxation  and  amortisation)  is  defined  as  operating 
income  (as  reported  under  U.S.  GAAP)  adjusted  for  equity  income  /(loss)  of  unconsolidated  affiliates, 
qualifying restructuring charges, impairment charges, acquisition-related charges / credits, amortisation 
of  finance  costs,  the  unwind  of  deferred  consideration,  amortisation  of  acquired  intangibles  and  share 
based compensation charges.

(3)Cash  conversion  is  defined  as  the  ratio  of  management  EBITA  to  adjusted  operating  cash  flow. 
Adjusted operating cash flow is reconciled from management EBITA by adding back depreciation, loss / 
(gain)  on  disposal  of  property,  plant  and  equipment,  changes  in  assets  and  liabilities,  net  of  effects  of 
business acquisitions, non-restructuring capital expenditures, equity income of unconsolidated affiliates 
and U.K. pension deficit funding contributions.

In 2021, the Company generated a management EBITA of $48.7 million being greater than the stretch level level 
and  a  cash  conversion  ratio  of  approximately  97%,  being  in  the  range  of  between  agreed  target  and  stretch 
levels. 

The Board has considered whether to include in this report the targets which applied to the bonus arrangements 
for the Executive Director in 2021 but has determined that these amounts are commercially sensitive.

(4)The Long-Term Incentive Awards. The 2021 Single Figure:

In 2021, 40% of the total target award communicated by the Remuneration Committee was in the form 
of  time-based  restricted  stock  units  granted  on  March  15,  2021.  The  value  of  these  awards  was 
$505,440 based on the closing share price on the day of grant of $22.06 per share and deducting the 
nominal cost value of $1.00 each share. The awards will vest in one-quarter increments on each of the 
first four annual anniversaries following grant.

In  addition,  the  Remuneration  Committee's  performance  targets  for  the  year  were  based  upon  EPS 
targets and total shareholder return, as described in Executive Director Awards Under the LTIP on page 
48. The  total  shareholder  return  performance  measurement  period  remains  open  until  the  year  ending 
December  31,  2022. The  EPS  maximum  level  was  achieved  in  2021  resulting  in  the  granting  of  time-
based awards in 2022 as follows:

Number of Awards

Possible Awards

Awards to be 
made in 2022

Alok Maskara

28,800

28,800

% of possible 
awards made in 
2022
100.0%

Value of 
Awards   
$ (1)
525,024

(1) These awards were granted on March 15, 2022. The value of the awards in the above table has been 
calculated by using the closing share price of the Company at the date of grant ($19.23) and deducting 
the nominal cost value of $1.00 each share. The awards will vest in one-third increments on each of the 
three anniversaries following grant.

The  LTIP  share  award  disclosure  in  the  Proxy  Statement  filed  with  the  SEC  (Form  DEF  14A)  for Alok 
Maskara  as  part  of  his  executive  compensation  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  differs  to  the 
amount  included  in  the  Single  Total  Figure  Table,  as  it  is  based  upon  the  achievement  of  targeted 
Company  performance  for  all  performance-based  awards  communicated  in  the  year. The  value  of  the 
awards included in the Proxy Statement is in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

46

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

In  2020,  the  Remuneration  Committee  targets  were  based  upon  certain  EPS  and  TSR  targets, 
consistent with the methodology applied for the year ended December 31, 2021. The total shareholder 
return  performance  measurement  period  remains  open  until  the  year  ending  December  31,  2022. The 
EPS target was missed in 2020 resulting in no time-based awards being granted in 2021. 

In 2019, the TSR targets set by the Remuneration Committee closed at December 31, 2021. The share 
award opportunity showed the Company in the third quartile when compared to its peer group. This led 
to an award of 9,540 share awards made to the Executive Director and will vest in one-half increments 
on each of the two annual anniversaries following grant. The value of these awards was $170,766 based 
on the closing share price on the day of grant of $18.90 and deducting the nominal cost of $1.00.

(5)Other  Share  Awards.  In  May  2017  Alok  Maskara  was  granted  share  options  in  respect  of  his 
appointment  to  the  role  of  Chief  Executive  Officer.  These  time-based  awards  and  performance-based 
awards were outside the terms of reference of the LTIP but granted in accordance with the provisions of 
the Remuneration Policy. The number, and details of the terms, of the grants are set out in the table in 
Outstanding Share Awards During 2021 and the accompanying notes, on pages 50 to 51.

As  shown  in  the  Outstanding  Share  Awards  During  2021  table  on  page  50,  a  total  of  15,000  share 
awards made to the Executive Director on his appointment vested and were released during the year. 
The  value  of  these  awards  was  included  in  the  Other  Share Awards  remuneration  figure  of  the  Single 
Total  Figure  table  for  2017.  These  awards  carry  with  them  the  right  to  receive  accumulated  dividends 
during the period of the award, in shares. The dividends are not credited until the award vests. The value 
of the dividends vested and paid in shares was $4,042 resulting from the vesting of 214 dividend shares. 
The dividend shares were valued at the closing share price on the NYSE on the date of vesting, less the 
issue price of £0.50 translated into U.S. dollars at the date of vesting.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, a total of 15,000 share awards made to the Executive Director 
on his appointment vested and were released during the year. The value of these awards was included 
in the Other Share Awards remuneration figure of the Single Total Figure table for 2017. These awards 
carry with them the right to receive accumulated dividends during the period of the award, in shares. The 
dividends are not credited until the award vests. The value of the dividends vested and paid in shares 
was $11,613 resulting from the vesting of 877 dividend shares. The dividend shares were valued at the 
closing share price on the NYSE on the date of vesting, less the issue price of £0.50 translated into U.S. 
dollars at the date of vesting.

(6)For details of pension arrangements see page 52.

Payments to Past Directors

There were no payments made to past Directors during the year. 

Payments for Loss of Office

There were no payments made to Directors for loss of office during the year.

Non-Executive Directors' Remuneration

None  of  the  Non-Executive  Directors  (including  the  Chair)  received  taxable  benefits,  annual  bonus,  long-term 
incentive awards (exceeding one year) or pension-related benefits during the year.

47

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Single Total Figure Table

U.S.$(1)

Year

Base Fee(1)

Other Fees (Fees in the 
form of share awards)(2)

David Landless

Clive Snowdon

Richard Hipple

Allisha Elliott

Lisa Trimberger

Patrick Mullen

2021
2020
2021
2020
2021
2020
2021
2020
2021
2020
2021
2020

115,000 
115,000 
82,000 
82,000 
82,000 
82,000 
82,000 
82,000 
82,000 
82,000 
27,333 
— 

111,693 
60,462 
79,643 
43,152 
80,794 
108,563 
80,572 
96,158 
80,200 
75,063 
— 
— 

Total

  226,693 
  175,462 
  161,643 
  125,152 
  162,794 
  190,563 
  162,572 
  178,158 
  162,200 
  157,063 
  27,333 
— 

Table  compiled  in  accordance  with  the  U.K.  'The  Large  and  Medium-sized  Companies  and  Groups  (Accounts 
and  Reports)  Regulations  2008',  as  amended  by  'The  Large  and  Medium-sized  Companies  and  Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013'.

(1) Patrick Mullen was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive Director from September 1, 2021. His 
base fee in 2021 reflects the period of service from this date to December 31, 2021.

The Non-Executive Directors' fees of Clive Snowdon, Richard Hipple, Lisa Trimberger, Allisha Elliott and 
Patrick Mullen are all determined in U.S. dollars.

The Non-Executive Director’s fee of David Landless although determined in U.S. dollars, is paid in GBP 
sterling  translated  at  the  closing  month-end  exchange  rate  of  each  month  prior  to  payment.  Actual 
payments  received  by  David  Landless  aggregated  to  £83,470  (2020:  £90,104). The  base  fee  for  2021 
and 2020 includes the supplementary fee for being Chair of the Board.

(2) 2021 Single figure:

The value of the Other Fees in the Single Figure table is calculated as follows:

•

•

An  element  of  the  fees  received  by  the  Chair  and  the  other  Non‑Executive  Directors  are 
delivered as time‑based restricted stock units (“RSUs”). The award value is a percentage of their 
Base Fee as provided in the Director Equity Incentive Plan (“EIP”) less the issue price per share 
of $1.00. The value of the award is capped at up to 100% of base fees at the date of the award. 
Awards  were  made  immediately  after  the  2021  AGM  and  vest  immediately  before  the  2022 
AGM. The number of RSUs was calculated using the closing share price on the NYSE ($22.99) 
the  day  before  the  award  was  made. The  number  of  awards  received  by  each  Non‑Executive 
Director  is  set  out  in  Awards  Granted  During  the  Year  -  Non‑Executive  Directors  Under  the 
Director Equity Incentive Plan (EIP) on page 49.

The RSU awards carry with them the right to receive accumulated dividends during the period of 
the  award,  in  shares. The  Other  Fees  amount  includes  the  value  of  the  dividends  awarded  in 
2021  and  vested    immediately  before  the  2021 AGM  or  will  vest  immediately  before  the  2022 
AGM. The value of the awards themselves were included in the Single Figure for 2021 as they 
were  time‑based  awards  (see  below).  The  dividend  shares  were  valued  at  the  closing  share 
price on the NYSE on the date of the dividends being awarded, being $17.25, $22.56, $19.87 
and $20.88 respectively, less the issue price of $1.00. The number of dividend shares allocated, 
and their value were:

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-Executive Director

David Landless
Clive Snowdon
Richard Hipple
Allisha Elliott
Lisa Trimberger
Patrick Mullen

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Dividend shares 
allocated
115
82
144
132
112
—

Value of dividend less 
nominal cost of share $
2,183
1,557
2,708
2,486
2,113
—

LUXFER SHARE INCENTIVE PROGRAMS

Luxfer  has  a  number  of  share  incentive  plans  designed  to  align  the  interests  of  its  Directors,  managers  and 
employees with the interests of its shareholders. These plans help us remain competitive and act as retention 
tools. 

The plan under which awards are granted to the Executive Directors on an ongoing basis is the Luxfer Holdings 
PLC Long‑Term Umbrella Incentive Plan (“LTIP”). Awards, which are considered part of their fees, are made to 
the  Non‑Executive  Directors  under  the  Non‑Executive  Directors  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (“EIP”).  The  U.K. 
Executive  Directors  also  participate  in  the  Company’s  All  Employee  Share  Plan  (“SIP”)  open  to  all  U.K. 
employees.  In  the  U.S.  the  Company  has  established  an  Employee  Share  Purchase  Plan  (“ESPP”)  which  is 
open to all U.S. employees and U.S. based Executive Directors.

LTIP:  The LTIP was adopted for the I.P.O. in 2012. It is used to grant awards not only to the Executive Directors 
but also senior and junior managers in the Company. A variety of different awards can be granted under the LTIP. 
To date, it has been used to grant time‑based nominal cost options to U.K. employees including the Executive 
Directors,  performance‑based  nominal  cost  options  and  market  value  options  to  the  Executive  Directors  and 
other  senior  U.K.  employees  and  time‑based  and  performance  restricted  stock  units  to  U.S.  managers  and 
managers from other countries in which the Company operate. The maximum value of awards under the rules of 
the  LTIP  that  can  be  granted  to  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Other  Executive  Directors  are  defined  in  the 
Remuneration Policy.

EIP:  Annual awards are made under the EIP to Non‑Executive Directors as part of their fees. The value of the 
award is up to 100% of the base fee of a Non‑Executive Director. These awards are made the day after the AGM 
of the Company in each year and vest the day before the following AGM. Annual awards are usually made as 
restricted  stock  units.  They  are  paid  out  immediately  on  vesting,  together  with  dividends  which  have  been 
accumulated  during  the  vesting  period.  New  Non‑Executive  Directors  cannot  participate  in  the  annual  awards 
until they have served six months, however, the awards they would have earned from the date of appointment 
are added to the next annual award provided they are re-elected at the AGM.

Copies of the LTIP and EIP plans mentioned above are filed on the Company’s file at the SEC.

AWARDS GRANTED DURING THE YEAR

Executive Directors' Awards Under the LTIP

In  2021,  the  Remuneration  Committee  awarded  long-term  incentive  compensation  under  the  LTIP. As  it  does 
each  year,  the  Remuneration  Committee  referenced  benchmark  data  (including  compensation  surveys, 
Comparator  Group  information  and  other  data  provided  by  Meridian  Compensation  Partners  LLC)  in  setting 
target  U.S.  dollar  award  levels  for  the  Executive  Director.  In  accordance  with  the  Remuneration  Policy  the 
maximum  share  award  opportunity  available  to  the  Executive  Director  (in  any  one  year)  at  the  time  of 
communicating  their  award  during  2021  was  capped  at  250%  of  their  base  salary,  on  achievement  of  stretch 
performance. Achievement of target performance would result in a share award opportunity capped equivalent to 
180% of base salary being available and threshold performance at 125% of base salary.

Based on the target level of the Executive Director’s share awards available (capped at 180% of base salary), 
40% of this award was granted in March 2021 in the form of time-based restricted stock units, vesting evenly on 
the  first  four  anniversaries  of  the  award  from  grant  date. This  amounted  to  24,000  time-based  restricted  stock 
units.  The  remaining  60%  of  the  target  award  allocation  was  split  40%  available  based  on  the  delivery  of  a 
certain adjusted diluted EPS target for the year ending December 31, 2021 and 60% available on the delivery of 

49

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

certain  total  shareholder  return  targets.  The  total  shareholder  return  target  consists  of  a  ranking  of  Company 
performance against a peer group of twenty companies for the last ninety days of the year ended December 31, 
2020  against  the  last  ninety  days  of  the  year  ending  December  31,  2023.  Based  on  the  relative  level  of 
shareholder  return  achieved,  awards  in  relation  total  shareholder  return  would  vest  evenly  in  March  2024  and 
March  2025.  For  each  of  the  adjusted  diluted  EPS  and  total  shareholder  return  performance  metrics,  it  is 
possible to achieve a threshold, target and stretch level of award grants, based on result delivery.

The adjusted diluted EPS for 2021 resulted in the stretch level of awards being achieved which will result in Alok 
Maskara  earning  the  maximum  number  of  these  available  awards  and  being  granted  28,800  time-based 
restricted stock units. Estimates of the value of these grants to be made on 2021 performance are included in 
the Single Figure table for 2021. Relative total shareholder return performance will be subject to remeasurement 
up to and including the year ending December 31, 2022.

For 2020, the Remuneration Committee set performance targets consistent with that used in 2021 based upon 
the  achievement  of  adjusted  diluted  EPS  to  be  measured  at  threshold,  target  and  stretch  levels  and  the 
achievement  of  relative  total  shareholder  return  to  be  measured  at  threshold,  target  and  stretch  levels.  The 
relative  total  shareholder  return  performance  will  be  subject  to  remeasurement  up  to  and  including  the  year 
ending  December  31,  2022.  The  reported  EPS  for  2020  was  not  achieved  which  resulted  no  awards  being 
granted. 

For 2019, the Remuneration Committee set performance targets consistent with that used in 2021 based upon 
the achievement of relative total shareholder return to be measured at threshold, target and stretch levels. The 
performance of the Company meant threshold level being achieved which resulted in Alok Maskara earning 50% 
of  the  available  awards.  The  number,  and  details  of  the  terms,  of  the  grants  are  set  out  in  the  table  in 
Outstanding Share Awards During 2021 and the accompanying notes, on pages 50 to 51.

The Committee believe they set challenging targets to motivate the executive director and align the interests of 
the executive with those of shareholders. Achievement of stretch targets requires exceptional performance.

Non-Executive Directors under the Director EIP

The  table  below  sets  out  the  share  award  grants  made  to  the  Non-Executive  Directors  during  the  year  in 
accordance with the Remuneration Policy.

Chair or 
Non-
Executive 
Director

David 
Landless

Date of 
Grant
June 9, 
2021

Clive 
Snowdon

June 9, 
2021

Richard 
Hipple

June 9, 
2021

Allisha 
Elliott

June 9, 
2021

Lisa 
Trimberger

June 9, 
2021

Basis of 
Aggregate 
Awards 
Granted
100% of 
annual fee for 
2021

100% of 
annual fee for 
2021

100% of 
annual fee for 
2021

100% of 
annual fee for 
2021

100% of 
annual fee for 
2021

Share 
Price at 
Date of 
Grant $
22.99

Type of 
Award
Restricted 
Stock Unit

No. of 
Shares 
Granted 
(1)

Face 
Value 
of 
Award 
$

Issue 
Price per 
share & in 
Aggregate 
$

4,980

114,490 $1.00 each 

share

22.99

Restricted 
Stock Unit

3,551

81,637

$1.00 each 
share

22.99

Restricted 
Stock Unit

3,551

81,637

$1.00 each 
share

22.99

Restricted 
Stock Unit

3,551

81,637

$1.00 each 
share

22.99

Restricted 
Stock Unit

3,551

81,637

$1.00 each 
share

Patrick 
Mullen(1)

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

—

—

n/a

Vesting 
Date
Day 
before 
2022 
AGM

% of Face 
Value 
That Vest
On 
vesting 
date 
100%

Day 
before 
2022 
AGM

Day 
before 
2022 
AGM

Day 
before 
2022 
AGM

Day 
before 
2022 
AGM

n/a

On 
vesting 
date 
100%

On 
vesting 
date 
100%

On 
vesting 
date 
100%

On 
vesting 
date 
100%

n/a

(1) New Non-Executive Directors cannot participate in the annual EIP awards until they have served six months; however, the 
awards they would have earned from the date of appointment are added to the next annual award. 

50

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

OUTSTANDING SHARE AWARDS DURING 2021

Executive and Non-Executive Directors

Awards  will  be  granted  in  2022  in  respect  of  2021  Company  financial  performance  to  the  Executive  Director. 
Awards granted in 2021 in respect to 2020 Company financial performance to the Executive Director have been 
included in the table below.

Awards

Options/Restricted Stock Units

Awards
Alok Maskara

Upon Appointment(1)
LTIP 2017(2)
LTIP 2018(3)(4)
LTIP 2019(5)
LTIP 2020(6)
LTIP 2021(7)(8)

Totals

David Landless
EIP 2020(9)
EIP 2021(10)

Totals

Clive Snowdon
EIP 2020(9)
EIP 2021(10)

Totals

Richard Hipple
EIP 2020(9)
EIP 2021(10)

Totals

Allisha Elliott
EIP 2020(9)
EIP 2021(10)

Totals

Lisa Trimberger
EIP 2020(9)
EIP 2021(10)

Totals

Available
Jan 1,
2021

Granted
During
Year

Settled
During
Year

Available
Dec 31,
2021

Vested
Awards
Jan 1,
2021

Vested
Awards
During
Year

Settled
During
Year

Vested
Awards
Dec 31,
2021

Available
Unvested
Awards

  15,000   
  16,184   
  24,640   
  15,900   
  33,400   

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—    47,760   
  105,124    47,760   

(15,000)  
(16,184)  
(24,640)  

— 
— 
— 
(5,300)   10,600 
(8,350)   25,050 
(23,760)   24,000 
(93,234)   59,650 

—    15,000    (15,000)  
—    16,183    (16,183)  
—    24,640    (24,640)  
(5,300)  
—    5,300   
—    8,350   
(8,350)  
—    23,760    (23,760)  
—    93,233    (93,233)  

4,276   

—   
—    4,980   
4,276    4,980   

(4,276)  
—   
(4,276)  

— 
4,980 
4,980 

—    4,276   
—   
—   
—    4,276   

(4,276)  
—   
(4,276)  

3,049   

—   
—    3,551   
3,049    3,551   

(3,049)  
—   
(3,049)  

— 
3,551 
3,551 

—    3,049   
—   
—   
—    3,049   

(3,049)  
—   
(3,049)  

7,743   

—   
—    3,551   
7,743    3,551   

(7,743)  
—   
(7,743)  

— 
3,551 
3,551 

—    7,743   
—   
—   
—    7,743   

(7,743)  
—   
(7,743)  

6,858   

—   
—    3,551   
6,858    3,551   

(6,858)  
—   
(6,858)  

— 
3,551 
3,551 

—    6,858   
—   
—   
—    6,858   

(6,858)  
—   
(6,858)  

5,354   

—   
—    3,551   
5,354    3,551   

(5,354)  
—   
(5,354)  

— 
3,551 
3,551 

—    5,354   
—   
—   
—    5,354   

(5,354)  
—   
(5,354)  

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

—   
—   
—   

—   
—   
—   

—   
—   
—   

—   
—   
—   

—   
—   
—   

— 
— 
— 
10,600 
25,050 
24,000 
59,650 

— 
4,980 
4,980 

— 
3,551 
3,551 

— 
3,551 
3,551 

— 
3,551 
3,551 

— 
3,551 
3,551 

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Key to table:

Award
(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10)

Award Scheme, Type & Grant
Upon appointment – Time-Based 
Restricted Stock Units (i)
LTIP 2017-Performance-Based-
EPS targets (iii)
LTIP 2018—Time-Based Restricted 
Stock Units (iv)
LTIP 2018-Performance-Based-
EPS targets (v)
LTIP 2019 – Time-Based Restricted 
Stock Units (vi)
LTIP 2020 – Time-Based Restricted 
Stock Units (vii)
LTIP 2021 - Performance-Based - 
TSR targets (viii)
LTIP 2021 – Time-Based Restricted 
Stock Units (ix)
EIP 2020—Time-Based Restricted 
Stock Units (x)
EIP 2021—Time-Based Restricted 
Stock Units (x)

Exercise 
Price / 
Nominal Cost 
Each Award
£0.50(ii)

Remaining Vesting/ 
Settlement Dates
All vested

£0.50(ii)

£0.50(ii)

£0.50(ii)

All vested

All vested

All vested

Grant Date
Aug 23, '17

Mar 23, '18

Mar 26, '18

Mar 26, '19

Mar 14, ‘19

$1.00

Mar 14, 2022, 2023

Mar 13,  ‘20

$1.00

Mar 26, '21

Mar 15, '21

June 4, ‘20

$1.00

$1.00

$1.00

June 9, ‘21

$1.00

Mar 13, 2022, 2023, 
2024
All vested

Mar 15, 2022, 2023, 
2024, 2025
All vested

Day before 2022 
AGM

Vesting
Period
No longer 
applicable
No longer 
applicable
No longer 
applicable
No longer 
applicable
To Mar 14, 2023

To Mar 13, 2024

No longer 
applicable
To Mar 15, 2025

No longer 
applicable
Day before 2022 
AGM

(i) Upon Appointment  -  The  Remuneration  Committee  determined  to  make  a  one-off  share  award  to  the  new  CEO, 

outside the terms of the LTIP, over 60,000 time-based nominal cost RSUs, to vest over four years.

(ii) Where the exercise price / nominal cost is indicated in GBP sterling, in so far as it is required to be translated into 
U.S.  dollars  for  the  purpose  of  the  exercise  /  settlement,  it  is  translated  at  the  $:£  exchange  rate  reported  in  the 
Financial Times for the date of exercise / settlement.

(iii) LTIP  2017:   Awards  made  on  attainment  of  2017  EPS  performance  goals  and  include  “holding  period”  and  “claw 
back” provisions, to vest evenly over three years. Time-based restricted stock units accumulate additional restricted 
stock units when the Company pays a dividend. Shares underlying the total amount of restricted stock units are then 
issued when the restricted stock unit vests.

(iv) LTIP 2018:  Time based awards granted on March 26, 2018 and include “holding period” and “claw back” provisions, 
to vest evenly over three years. Time-based restricted stock units accumulate additional restricted stock units when 
the Company pays a dividend. Shares underlying the total amount of restricted stock units are then issued when the 
restricted stock unit vests.

(v) LTIP  2018:   Awards  made  on  attainment  of  2018  EPS  performance  goals  and  include  “holding  period”  and  “claw 
back” provisions, to vest evenly over two years. Time-based restricted stock units accumulate additional restricted 
stock units when the Company pays a dividend. Shares underlying the total amount of restricted stock units are then 
issued when the restricted stock unit vests.

(vi) LTIP 2019:  Time based awards granted on March 14, 2019 and include “holding period” and “claw back” provisions, 
to vest evenly over four years. Time-based restricted stock units accumulate additional restricted stock units when 
the Company pays a dividend. Shares underlying the total amount of restricted stock units are then issued when the 
restricted stock unit vests.

(vii) LTIP 2020:  Time based awards granted on March 13, 2020 and include “holding period” and “claw back” provisions, 
to vest evenly over four years. Time-based restricted stock units accumulate additional restricted stock units when 
the Company pays a dividend. Shares underlying the total amount of restricted stock units are then issued when the 
restricted stock unit vests.

(viii) LTIP  2021:   Awards  made  on  attainment  of  2020  TSR  performance  goals  and  include  “holding  period”  and  “claw 

back” provisions, to vest immediately upon grant. 

(ix) LTIP 2021:  Time based awards granted on March 15, 2021 and include “holding period” and “claw back” provisions, 
to vest evenly over four years. Time-based restricted stock units accumulate additional restricted stock units when 
the Company pays a dividend. Shares underlying the total amount of restricted stock units are then issued when the 
restricted stock unit vests.

(x) EIP 2020 and EIP 2021 annual awards are settled immediately on vesting, together with dividends which have been 

accumulated during the vesting period. The 2020 awards were settled in 2021 net of payroll taxes.

52

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

PENSION ARRANGEMENTS

In lieu of contributions into Company pension plans, the Company offers a salary supplement, which ultimately 
reflect  the  cost  of  previous  defined  benefit  arrangements,  now  withdrawn.  The  Executive  Director  is  paid  the 
equivalent  of  25%  of  base  salary,  with  an  element  of  this  funding  being  paid  into  the  U.S.  funded  defined 
contribution scheme for Alok Maskara.

Details of the payments made to the defined contribution arrangement and salary supplement during years 2021 
and 2020 for the Executive Director are set forth in the tables below.

Director’s Remuneration and Benefits for the Year Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

Executive 
Director

Year
Alok Maskara 2021
2020

Defined 
Benefit

Funded Defined 
Contribution(1)

Unfunded Defined 
Contribution

Cash 
Supplement

—  
—  

21,000   
16,500   

—   
—   

157,750 
148,980 

Total

178,750 
165,480 

(1)

 The Funded Defined Contribution for Alok Maskara relates to amounts paid in respect of a 401(k) matching 
program.

Implementation  of  the  Remuneration  Policy  for  the  Year  Ending  December  31,  2022  (Information  from 
this section of page 52 through to page 60 is not subject to audit unless otherwise stated)

Set out below is a summary of how the Directors Remuneration Policy will be applied during the year ending 
December 31, 2022.

Base Salary

Alok Maskara

Pension Arrangements

2022

2021

736,000 

715,000 

% increase(1)
 2.9 %

The Executive Director will receive a cash supplement calculated at a flat rate of 25% of base salary.

Annual Bonus

In accordance with the Remuneration Policy, the maximum annual bonus for Alok Maskara, as Chief Executive 
Officer, is capped at 200% of base salary. Included within this is the Additional Percentage Bonus to be awarded 
on  achievement  of  specific  targets  set  by  the  Remuneration  Committee.  At  the  start  of  each  year,  the 
Remuneration  Committee  reserve  the  discretion  to  set  the  Additional  Percentage  Bonus  and  related  specific 
targets that are aligned with the strategic goals of the Company.

As  in  previous  years,  the  financial  performance  target  element  of  the  annual  bonus  will  be  based  on  a 
combination  of  two  financial  performance  metrics,  management  EBITA  and  Cash  Conversion.  It  will  be  on  a 
sliding scale that commences only once threshold has been achieved and rises through the target performance 
up  to  a  stretch  target.  The  financial  performance  award  element  of  the  annual  bonus  opportunity  will  be  split 
evenly between the above two financial metrics:

Financial metric annual bonus opportunity
Alok Maskara

Management EBITA
0% - 50%

Cash Conversion
0% - 50%

Split; sliding scale between threshold,
target and stretch

53

 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Long Term Incentives

The Remuneration Committee has then set targets for 2022 which, if attained, would lead to the granting of time-
based  restricted  stock  units  for  Alok  Maskara.  The  Committee  has  set  a  scorecard  of  metrics  to  assess  the 
performance of the Company based upon Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) and adjusted diluted EPS. A greater 
weighting has been assigned to the attainment of the TSR target which earns 60% of the performance awards 
available, compared to the EPS target which has a 40% weighting.

The  total  shareholder  return  target  will  consist  of  a  ranking  of  Company  performance  against  a  peer  group  of 
twenty companies for the last ninety days of the year ended December 31, 2021 against the last ninety days of 
the  year  ending  December  31,  2023.  Based  on  the  relative  level  of  shareholder  return  achieved,  awards  in 
relation total shareholder return would be granted in March 2024 and vest in equal tranches in 2025 and 2026. 

The Remuneration Committee is also proposing that Alok Maskara be granted time-based restricted stock units, 
which vest in equal tranches commencing on the first anniversary of the grant date at the value of 40% of the 
total target share award available.

If,  during  the  preparation  of  the  current  year’s  financial  results,  a  material  misstatement  of  the  previous  year’s 
results  is  discovered,  a  clawback  of  the  long-term  incentive  awards  granted  with  respect  to  the  misstated 
element  of  the  previous  financial  results  applies  to  all  employees,  including  our  Executive  Director.  The 
Remuneration  Committee  has  discretion  to  apply  the  policy  to  recover  and  recoup  incentive  compensation  in 
such situations involving a material misstatement of financial results.

In  accordance  with  the  Remuneration  Policy,  the  maximum  value  of  awards  that  can  be  made  to  the  Chief 
Executive Officer Director in any one year is capped at up to 300% of base salary.

Non-Executive Directors

Summary  of  how  the  Directors'  Remuneration  Policy  for  the  Non-Executive  Directors  will  be  applied 
during the year ending December 31, 2022.

The Board decides the approach to compensating the Non-Executive Directors. The Board agreed to freeze the 
base fees of the Non-Executive Directors for 2022, as shown below. The value of share awards as a percentage 
of base fee is to remain fixed at up to 100% of base fee under the EIP.

2022

$

2021

$

%

Value of Share

Value of Share

Increase Awards % of Base 

David Landless 
Clive Snowdon
Richard Hipple
Allisha Elliott 
Lisa Trimberger
Patrick Mullen(1)

Base Fee

Base Fee

Base Fee

115,000
82,000
82,000
82,000
82,000
82,000

115,000
82,000
82,000
82,000
82,000
82,000

—%
—%
—%
—%
—%
—%

Fee
2022

Up to 100%
Up to 100%
Up to 100%
Up to 100%
Up to 100%
Up to 100%

Awards % of Base 
Fee
2021

Up to 100%
Up to 100%
Up to 100%
Up to 100%
Up to 100%
Up to 100%

(1)Patrick Mullen did not receive his total base fee in 2021 as he only served as Director from September 1, 2021.

54

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Directors' Interests in Shares in the Company (audited)

David Landless (1)
Alok Maskara (2)
Clive Snowdon (3)
Richard Hipple (4)
Allisha Elliott(5) 
Lisa Trimberger (6)
Patrick Mullen 

Number of Ordinary Shares
Held at Dec 31, 2021

Number of Ordinary Shares
Held at Jan 1, 2021

6,585 

237,980 

7,459 

10,894 

4,140 

16,806 

— 

11,160 

195,950

7,459

6,044 

— 

5,000

— 

(1) David  Landless  acquired  2,825  shares  throughout  2021  as  a  result  of  the  vesting  of  4,414  time-based  Restricted 
Stock  Units.  4,276  Restricted  Stock  Units  were  awarded  in  2020  under  the  EIP  and,  together  with  an  accrued 
dividend of 138 shares, fully vested on June 4, 2021. Of those 4,414 shares, 1,951 shares were used as payment of 
exercise price or tax liability. Of the 2,825 shares acquired by David Landless during 2021, 362 of those shares were 
acquired  through  the  operation  of  the  Dividend  Reinvestment  Plan  (DRIP),  which  allows  for  the  purchase  of 
additional shares through the reinvestment of cash dividends. Further details on these awards can be found in the 
notes to Single Figure-Non-Executive Directors' Remuneration on pages 47 to 48. Additionally, David Landless sold 
7,400 shares throughout 2021.

(2) Alok Maskara acquired 50,743 shares throughout 2021 as a result of the vesting of 99,242 time-based Restricted 
Stock  Units,  as  detailed  in  the  table  titled Outstanding  Share  Awards  During  2021 on  pages  50  and  51.  Of  those 
99,242 shares, 48,499 shares were used as payment of exercise price or tax liability.  

(3) Clive  Snowdon  acquired  1,877  shares  throughout  2021  as  a  result  of  the  vesting  of  3,147  time-based  Restricted 
Stock  Units.  3,049  Restricted  Stock  Units  were  awarded  in  2020  under  the  EIP  and,  together  with  an  accrued 
dividend of 98 shares, fully vested on June 4, 2021. Of those 3,147 shares, 1,270 shares were used as payment of 
exercise  price  or  tax  liability.  The  shares  identified  as  held  by  Clive  Snowdon  are  held  by  a  connected  person. 
Further details on these awards can be found in the notes to Single Figure-Non-Executive Director's Remuneration 
on pages 47 to 48.

(4) Richard  Hipple  acquired  4,850  shares  throughout  2021  as  a  result  of  the  vesting  of  7,995  time-based  Restricted 
Stock  Units.  7,743  Restricted  Stock  Units  were  awarded  in  2020  under  the  EIP  and,  together  with  an  accrued 
dividend of 252 shares, fully vested on June 4, 2021. Of those 7,995 shares, 3,335 shares were used as payment of 
exercise price or tax liability. Of the 4,850 shares acquired by Richard Hipple during 2021, 190 of those shares were 
acquired  through  the  operation  of  the  Dividend  Reinvestment  Plan  (DRIP),  which  allows  for  the  purchase  of 
additional shares through the reinvestment of cash dividends. Further details on these awards can be found in the 
notes to Single Figure-Non-Executive Directors' Remuneration on pages 47 to 48.

(5) Allisha Elliott acquired 4,140 shares throughout 2021 as a result of the vesting of 7,081 time-based Restricted Stock 
Units. 6,858 Restricted Stock Units were awarded in 2020 under the EIP and, together with an accrued dividend of 
223 shares, fully vested on June 4, 2021. Of those 7,081 shares, 2,941 shares were used as payment of exercise 
price  or  tax  liability.  Further  details  on  these  awards  can  be  found  in  the  notes  to  Single  Figure-Non-Executive 
Director's Remuneration on pages 47 to 48. 

(6) Lisa Trimberger  acquired  3,255  shares  throughout  2021  as  a  result  of  the  vesting  of  5,527  time-based  Restricted 
Stock  Units.  5,354  Restricted  Stock  Units  were  awarded  in  2020  under  the  EIP  and,  together  with  an  accrued 
dividend of 173 shares, fully vested on June 4, 2021. Of those 5,527 shares, 2,272 shares were used as payment of 
exercise price or tax liability. In November 2021. Lisa Trimberger purchased an additional 5,000 shares on market. 
All  of  these  shares  are  owned  by  a  trust  of  which  Lisa  Trimberger  is  the  sole  beneficiary  and  her  spouse  is  the 
trustee.  Further  details  on  these  awards  can  be  found  in  the  notes  to  Single  Figure-Non-Executive  Director's 
Remuneration on pages 47 to 48. 

Executive Director Shareholding Requirements

The Executive Director is required to hold and maintain ordinary shares equal in value to 150% of base salary. 
The  Director  is  allowed  a  period  of  three  years  from  date  of  appointment  to  acquire  the  holding.  Executive 
Directors  are  required  to  obtain  the  Chair’s  permission  before  they  or  their  connected  persons  can  deal  in  the 
Company’s shares providing an effective way of ensuring their shareholding requirements are maintained.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Directors' Shareholdings and Interests at 31 December 2021

Shares Owned
Beneficially

Options Vested 
but not 
Exercised(1)

Restricted Stock Units Not Yet Vested 
(assuming will be settled in Shares not 
Cash)(1)

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Alok Maskara
Non-Executive
David Landless
Clive Snowdon
Richard Hipple
Allisha Elliott
Lisa Trimberger
Patrick Mullen

237,980

6,585
7,459
10,894
4,140
16,806
—

—

—
—
—
—
—
—

59,650

4,980
3,551
3,551
3,551
3,551
—

(1) A breakdown of the vested and unvested awards and brief details of the plans under which the awards were made 

can be found in the Outstanding Share Awards During 2021 table on page 50 of this report.

Performance Graph

U.K. legislation requires the Annual Remuneration Report to contain a line graph that shows the TSR over a ten-
year period for both a holding of the Company’s listed shares and a hypothetical comparator holding of shares 
representing  a  specified  broad  equity  market  index.  As  the  Company  was  only  listed  on  the  NYSE  at  the 
beginning of October 2012, we are only able to provide TSR for the Company’s shares in a listed environment 
for  a  period  3  October  2012  to  31  December  2021.  We  have  used  the  Russell  2000  index  as  the  most 
appropriate  published  index  for  comparison  purposes. The  graph  shows  the  value  of  $100  vested  in  Luxfer  in 
October 2012 at the I.P.O., and the reinvestment of dividends since that date, compared to $100 invested in the 
Russell 2000 on the same date, assuming the same reinvestment of dividends. The Russell 2000 was chosen as 
the index as it comprises companies that closely resemble Luxfer. The TSR is calculated in U.S. dollars.                                 

56

History of Total Remuneration Figure for Chief Executive Officer

We  have  included  the  total  remuneration  figure  for  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  for  a  seven-year  period  as 
required by legislation.

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

U.S.$
Year ended 
December 31

Total 
remuneration

Annual
bonus % (1)

Share awards 
vesting % (1)

% change in total 
remuneration

2015

2016

2017 (2)

2018

2019 (3)

2020

2021

1,021,357

836,317

3,396,615

5,971,101 1,834,401

 2,063,680 

 3,515,009 

 39 %

 — %

 124 %

200%

60%

 51 %

 186 %

 21 %

 — %

 37 %

84%

584%

 146 %

 264 %

 20 %

 (18) %

 306 %

 76 %

 (69) %

 12 %

 70 %

The average increase in the CEO's total remuneration over the past seven years is a 56% increase, although this is heavily 
impacted by the 306% increase in 2017. The CAGR over the same period was a 23% increase.

(1) Percentage of salary.

(2) The  2017  figures  include  Brian  Purves’  remuneration  for  the  first  six  months  of  2017  and  Alok  Maskara’s 

remuneration for the second six months of 2017.

(3) The  2019  share  awards  vesting  figure  of  584%  (as  a  percentage  of  salary)  includes  the  vesting  of  120,000 
performance-based EPS awards granted on hire. Excluding these awards, the adjusted share awards vesting figure 
would be 183%.

Relative Importance of Spend on Pay

The following chart sets out the Group's actual spend on pay (for all employees) relative to dividends paid in the 
current and prior year. 

(To assist with conformity and transparency we have used staff costs as set out in Note 7 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements.)

57

Percentage Change in Chief Executive Officer's Remuneration

For 2021, we have selected U.S. employees as the most appropriate comparator as the Chief Executive Officer 
is based in the U.S. and the benefits structure is similar, consistent with the approach taken for 2020.

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

U.S.$

Salary

Chief Executive Officer

Employee average

Benefits

Chief Executive Officer

Employee average

Annual Bonus

Chief Executive Officer

Employee average

Pay Ratio

2021

2020

% change

715,000

51,231 

52,198 

10,589 

1,330,615 

6,589 

657,000

56,826

60,197 

11,341 

337,500

2,785

 8.8 %

 (9.8) %

 (13.3) %

 (6.6) %

 294.3 %

 136.6 %

For 2021, we have selected U.S. employees as the most appropriate comparator as the Chief Executive Officer 
is based in the U.S. and the benefits structure is similar.

Year

2021

2020

Method

25th percentile 
pay / ratio

50th percentile 
pay / ratio

75th percentile 
pay / ratio

A

A

55,318   

37.9 : 1

43,945   

24.0 : 1

68,409   

30.7 : 1

70,952   

14.9 : 1

108,425 

19.3 : 1

103,402 

10.2 : 1

The Company has selected method A for calculating the pay ratio, as the company has selected to use U.S. 
employees as the most appropriate comparator and gender pay gap reporting (used in method B and C) is not 
required in the U.S., method A was deemed the most appropriate, this is consistent with the approach taken for 
2020. When calculating the percentiles, the average U.S. person's salary was used throughout the year. When  
calculating the pay ratios, share-based compensation has been omitted as only senior managers are part of the 
LTIP scheme.

The  individuals  who  represent  the  three  quartiles  are  all  full-time  employees  and  are  considered  to  be 
representative of the 25th, median and 75th percentile pay levels in the Group.

The  pay  ratios  have  increased  year  on  year,  with  the  increase  predominantly  a  result  of  the  increase  in  the 
annual bonus awarded. The median pay for the U.S. employee has remained relatively flat.  

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of voting at AGM

The Annual Remuneration Implementation Report and Remuneration Policy was put to an advisory vote at the 
2021 AGM.

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Votes for (and
percentage of
votes cast)

Votes against (and
percentage of
votes cast)

Proportion of
share capital
voting

Annual Remuneration Implementation 
Report

23,581,800 

797,014 

 93.44 %

Adoption of Revised Remuneration Policy  

24,325,589 

 96.73 %

 99.77 %

 3.27 %

55,998 

 0.23 %

 93.45 %

The vote received in favour of the Remuneration Report was 96.73%, and the larger shareholders with whom the 
Directors liaise with from time to time did not make any negative comments in those conversations concerning 
Directors’ pay and incentives.

Differences in Remuneration For Directors and Employees

The  difference  in  remuneration  for  the  Executive  Director  and  other  employees  reflects  differing  levels  of 
responsibility, seniority, and market norms in the jurisdictions in which they are employed. The key differences in 
remuneration are as follows:

•

•

•

•

Bonus arrangements for senior, middle, and lower management are set at a lower percentage than the 
Executive  Director  but  are  broadly  structured  on  the  same  basis  to  ensure  commonality  of  objectives. 
There is greater emphasis on performance-related pay for management, and bonus opportunity for other 
employees may be lowered or not available, depending on jurisdiction.

Benefits for employees take into account their position and the market norms of the jurisdiction in which 
they operate.  

Pension arrangements are offered where it is the norm in the jurisdiction of the employee. Where local 
regulation  permits  and  where  it  is  the  market  norm,  higher  contributions  may  be  available  for  more 
senior  management.  The  Company’s  primary  pension  plans  are  described  in  the  Company’s  financial 
statements.

Participation in the LTIP is limited to the Executive Director and a select number of senior officers and 
senior  managers. At  the  discretion  of  the  Committee,  market  value  share  awards  or  time-based  share 
awards  may  be  awarded  to  employees  in  recognition  of  outstanding  performance  and  to  encourage 
share ownership and retention. UK employees, if eligible, can participate in the UK Share Incentive Plan, 
as described above.

The  Committee  commissions  benchmarking  studies  of  comparable  companies  and  the  pay  of  other  senior 
executives when setting the Executive Director’s pay. Consideration is also given to the pay and benefits that are 
available throughout Luxfer, such as cost-of-living increases. Such consideration defines a clear structure of pay 
and benefits layer-by-layer. The Committee does not consult with employees nor does it use internal comparison 
metrics  when  drafting  the  Remuneration  Policy.  However,  the  Committee  is  aware  of  average  pay  and  benefit 
packages  available  within  the  Company.  When  setting  the  terms  of  awards  for  the  Executive  Director,  The 
Committee also considers views expressed by institutional shareholder bodies. 

59

 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Approach to Recruitment Remuneration

Executive  Director.  When  setting  a  remuneration  package  for  a  new  Executive  Director,  including  internal 
promotions,  the  Committee  will  apply  similar  principles  to  those  set  out  in  the  most  recent  approved 
Remuneration Policy for both short- and long-term incentives. 

Non-Executive Directors. New Non-Executive Directors will be paid fees on the same basis as existing Non-
Executive  Directors.  They  will  also  participate  in  the  Non-Executive  Directors  Incentive  Plan  under  which  the 
annual awards are non-discretionary. Awards can be made in the form of Options, Restricted Stock, or Restricted 
Stock  Units  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board  and  based  on  the  value  of  each  type  of  award  and  the  number  of 
shares left in the Plan. The vesting period is determined at the discretion of the Committee. 

Severance and Change-in-Control Benefits

Executive  Director.  The  Company  may  terminate  the  Executive  Director’s  contract  without  notice  on  the 
occurrence  of  certain  events  identified  in  their  contract.  Such  termination  would  normally  consist  of  conduct 
justifying dismissal such as gross misconduct. The Executive Director has the same employment rights as any 
other employee in the case of redundancy or if a relevant tribunal determines that their termination was unfair 
under UK law. 

Ordinary  notice  period  is  12  months.  the  remuneration  entitlement  is  payment  in  lieu  of  notice  in  the  event  of 
early termination. This may include base salary benefits and pension payable for the notice period. A bonus may 
be paid if the period for which pay in lieu of notice is made extends past the year-end, subject to targets being 
met.

Non-Executive Directors. Letters of Appointment for Non-Executive Directors and the Chair are not for a fixed 
term. The Chair and Non-Executive Directors do not have any employment rights. New appointees to the Board 
will generally be appointed on the same basis as the current Non-Executive Directors. Non-Executive Directors’ 
Letters of Appointment are available for inspection at the registered office of the Company.

Ordinary  notice  period  is  3  months,  except  if  the  Director  fails  to  be  re-elected  at  an AGM,  then  the  contract 
terminates immediately without notice or compensation.

Policy on payment for Loss of Office

Contractual  entitlements  through  the  date  of  termination  will  be  honored,  and  the  Company  will  (i)  pay  any 
amounts it is required to pay in accordance with the Director’s statutory employment or contractual rights and (ii) 
settle  those  rights.  The  Company  will  seek  to  apply  the  principles  of  mitigation  to  ensure  that  it  is  not  paying 
more  than  is  required.  In  the  event  of  a  compromise  or  severance  agreement,  the  Committee  may  make 
payments it considers reasonable in settlement of potential legal claims, such as incidental and professional fees 
paid by a Director. 

a. Bonus Payment. Generally, there is no entitlement to an annual bonus upon cessation of employment 
within the first half of the calendar year. The Committee may, at its discretion, make a retroactive 
payment on a pro-rated basis during the second half of the calendar year. After year-end but before 
completion of an audit, departing employees will be paid the actual bonus earned on the normal bonus 
payment date. Departing employees are not eligible for bonus payments if they breach any obligations in 
their employment contract, including the period of notice.

b. LTIP Provisions. For employees departing for any reason other than termination for cause , all unvested 
time-based awards will immediately lapse or be forfeited. All vested unexercised options and stock 
appreciation rights will lapse on the first anniversary date of departure. Performance based awards will 
vest on a pro-rated basis based on the performance results to the date of termination. The Committee 
has the discretion to accelerate vesting and exercise dates, waive conditions to vesting or exercise, or 
extend exercise periods after termination of employment. Discretion is typically used in such 
circumstances where Directors are retiring before the last vesting date or leaving employment through ill 
health or redundancy. In the case of termination for cause, all time-based awards, unvested 
performance-based awards, and unexercised options will immediately lapse or be forfeited on the date 
of termination.

60

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Approval of Report

Richard Hipple, the Chair of the Committee, will attend the forthcoming AGM and will be available to answer any 
questions  shareholders  may  have  concerning  the  Directors'  remuneration.  This  Remuneration  Report  will  be 
submitted for approval by an advisory vote at the forthcoming AGM.

Signed on behalf of the Board by:

R J Hipple

CHAIR OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

April 21, 2022

For and on behalf of the Board

61

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Statement of Directors' Responsibilities in Respect of the Financial 
Statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law, the 
Directors  have  prepared  the  Group  an  Company  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  International 
accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

Under Company law, the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company for the period. In preparing the financial 
statements, the Directors are required to:

•

•

Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

State  whether  applicable  International  accounting  standards  in  conformity  with  the  requirements  of 
Companies Act 2006 have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in 
the financial statements;

• Make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and

•

Prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that 
the Group and Company will continue in business.

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Group and Company's transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position 
of  the  Group  and  Company  and  enable  them  to  ensure  that  the  financial  statements  and  the  Directors’ 
Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act 2006. 

The  Directors  are  responsible  for  the  maintenance  and  integrity  of  the  Company’s  website.  Legislation  in  the 
United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation 
in other jurisdictions.

Directors' Confirmations

The  Directors  consider  that  the  Annual  Report  and  Accounts,  taken  as  a  whole,  is  fair,  balanced  and 
understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group and Company’s 
position and performance, business model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed in Directors' Report confirm that, to the best of their 
knowledge:

•

•

Company financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with  International accounting 
standards in conformity with the requirements of Companies Act 2006, give a true and fair view of the 
assets, liabilities, financial position and loss of the Company; and

The  Directors'  Report  includes  a  fair  review  of  the  development  and  performance  of  the  business  and 
the  position  of  the  Group  and  Company,  together  with  a  description  of  the  principal  risks  and 
uncertainties that it faces. 

62

Independent auditors’ report to the 
members of Luxfer Holdings PLC
Report on the audit of the financial statements

Opinion
In  our  opinion,  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC’s  group  financial  statements  and  company  financial  statements  (the  “financial 
statements”):

•

•
•

give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  state  of  the  group’s  and  of  the  company’s  affairs  as  at  31  December  2021  and  of  the 
group’s profit and the group’s and company’s cash flows for the year then ended;
have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards; and
have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Financial Statements (the “Annual Report”), 
which  comprise:  the  consolidated  and  company  balance  sheets  as  at  31  December  2021;  the  consolidated  income 
statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated and company cash flow statements, and 
the  consolidated  and  company  statements  of  changes  in  equity  for  the  year  then  ended;  and  the  notes  to  the  financial 
statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion.

Independence
We  remained  independent  of  the  group  in  accordance  with  the  ethical  requirements  that  are  relevant  to  our  audit  of  the 
financial  statements  in  the  UK,  which  includes  the  FRC’s  Ethical  Standard,  as  applicable  to  listed  entities,  and  we  have 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our audit approach

Overview
Audit scope

• We  performed  a  full  scope  audit  of  three  significant  reporting  units  within  the  group,  and  additional  procedures  over 

selected financial statement line items in certain smaller reporting units.

• We  also  performed  audit  procedures  over  the  corporate  reporting  units  and  relevant  consolidation  adjustments  for 

•

selected financial statement line items.
The audit work performed over these reporting units represented 76% of consolidated revenue from continuing operations 
and 70% of consolidated profit before tax adjusted for restructuring and other expenses from continuing operations.

63

Key audit matters

• Valuation of pension benefit obligations (group and parent)

Materiality

• Overall  group  materiality:  US$2,000,000  based  on  5%  of  three  year  average  profit  on  continuing  operations  before 

taxation, adjusted for restructuring and other expenses.

• Overall company materiality: US$1,800,000 based on 1% of total assets restricted to 90% of group materiality.
• Performance materiality: US$1,500,000 (group) and US$1,350,000 (company).

The scope of our audit
As  part  of  designing  our  audit,  we  determined  materiality  and  assessed  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  in  the  financial 
statements.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether 
or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the 
allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we 
make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a 
whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Valuation of retirement benefits in relation to defined benefit schemes is a new key audit matter this year. Goodwill 
impairment assessment and the impact of COVID-19, which were key audit matters last year, are no longer included because 
of the reduction in judgement related to the goodwill impairment assessment and the associated reduction in audit work 
performed, and because of the reduced impact of COVID-19 on the group's operations and results in the current year. 
Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with last year.

Key audit matter
Valuation of pension benefit obligations (group and 
parent)
As described in Notes 1 and 30 to the consolidated 
financial statements, and Note 46 of the Company 
financial statements, the Group had pension benefit 
obligations of $408.9 million as of 31 December 2021. 
The pension benefit obligations principally relate to 
schemes operated in the United Kingdom and United 
States. The amounts in the consolidated financial 
statements related to the pension benefit obligations are 
determined from actuarial valuations.
The valuation of the pension benefit obligations requires 
estimation in determining appropriate assumptions 
including: (i) discount rates; (ii) inflation rates; (iii) 
pension increases; and (iv) life expectancy. Differences 
in actual experience or changes in these assumptions 
can have a material impact on the determination of the 
liabilities in the Group’s pension schemes.
The pension benefit obligations, and the associated 
changes compared to the prior year balances, are 
significant in the context of the balance sheet and the 
results of the Group. The significant judgments and 
assumptions made by management when determining 
the pension benefit obligations, resulted in a high degree 
of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort to evaluate 
them, including the use of professionals with specialized 
skill and knowledge.

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

We tested the effectiveness of controls relating to the 
assumptions used to determine the pension benefit 
obligations.

We checked the completeness, accuracy and relevance 
of the underlying data used in the valuation of the 
pension benefit obligations.

For the schemes operated in the United Kingdom and 
United States, and with the assistance of professionals 
with specialized skill and knowledge, we evaluated the 
reasonableness of the assumptions used in calculating 
the pension benefit obligations, by (i) evaluating that the 
discount rates, inflation rates, pension increases and life 
expectancy assumptions used were consistent with 
independently developed ranges; and (ii) assessing 
whether management’s methodology used to determine 
the discount rates, inflation rates, pension increases and 
life expectancy assumptions was in line with the 
requirements of IAS 19 - Employee Benefits.

64

 
 How we tailored the audit scope

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial 
statements  as  a  whole,  taking  into  account  the  structure  of  the  group  and  the  company,  the  accounting  processes  and 
controls, and the industry in which they operate.

The  group  is  split  into  two  main  reporting  segments  being  Gas  Cylinders  and  Elektron.  These  are  further  split  into  four 
operating  segments  as  Luxfer  Gas  Cylinders,  Luxfer  MEL  Technologies,  Luxfer  Graphic  Arts  and  Luxfer  Magtech. 
Discontinued operations are also presented, including the Luxfer Superform business unit only.

Each  operating  segment  has  multiple  management  reporting  units  in  a  range  of  different  geographies  and  is  structured 
mainly across Europe and North America. The financial statements are a consolidation of the group's management reporting 
units and its the centralized functions.

The management reporting units vary in size and we identified three reporting units from across two countries which required 
an audit of their full financial information due to their individual size or risk characteristics. Additionally, we identified seven 
reporting  units  from  across  two  countries  which  required  an  audit  of  specific  balances  to  be  performed.  In  total,  these  10 
reporting  units  accounted  for  76%  of  the  group’s  consolidated  revenue  from  continuing  operations  and  70%  of  the  group’s 
profit before taxation, adjusted for restructuring and other expenses from continuing operations.

Two component audit teams performed the required audit and specified procedures over seven of the ten reporting units, with 
the procedures over the remaining three performed by the group engagement team. The group engagement team attended 
the  audit  clearance  meetings  both  in  person  and  via  conference  call  and  had  regular  communication  with  the  component 
teams during their audits. Such involvement with the component audit teams, together with the work performed at a group 
level, gave us the evidence we needed for our opinion on the consolidated financial statements as a whole. 

65

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. 
These,  together  with  qualitative  considerations,  helped  us  to  determine  the  scope  of  our  audit  and  the  nature,  timing  and 
extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of 
misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall 
materiality
How we 
determined it
Rationale for 
benchmark 
applied

Financial statements - group

US$2,000,000.

5% of three year average profit on continuing operations before 
taxation, adjusted for restructuring and other expenses
Based on the benchmarks used in the Annual Report, profit on 
continuing operations before taxation is the primary measure 
used by the shareholders in assessing the performance of the 
group, and is a generally accepted auditing benchmark. 
Restructuring and other expenses were adjusted for as this 
provides us with a consistent year on year basis for determining 
materiality. We consider using an average of three years to 
better reflect what a reader of the financial statements would 
consider material.

Financial statements - 
company
US$1,800,000.

1% of total assets restricted to 
90% of group materiality
Total assets is appropriate as the 
entity is not profit oriented. The 
company holds investments in 
subsidiaries and therefore total 
assets is considered a generally 
accepted auditing benchmark.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. 
The range of materiality allocated across components was from $409,000 to $1,800,000. Certain components were audited 
to a local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall group materiality.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and 
undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope 
of  our  audit  and  the  nature  and  extent  of  our  testing  of  account  balances,  classes  of  transactions  and  disclosures,  for 
example  in  determining  sample  sizes.  Our  performance  materiality  was  75%  of  overall  materiality,  amounting  to 
US$1,500,000 for the group financial statements and US$1,350,000 for the company financial statements.

In  determining  the  performance  materiality,  we  considered  a  number  of  factors  -  the  history  of  misstatements,  risk 
assessment and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls - and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our 
normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with those charged with governance that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above 
$200,000  (group  audit)  and  $180,000  (company  audit)  as  well  as  misstatements  below  those  amounts  that,  in  our  view, 
warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

66

   
 
Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group's and the company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting included:

•

•
•

•
•

•

•

•

obtaining the directors' forecasts and going concern assessment for the period to June 2023, which included the expected 
continuing impact of Covid-19
evaluating and assessing the process by which the directors' future cash flow forecasts were prepared
agreeing the opening gross debt and cash position of the directors' cash flow forecasts to the March 2022 management 
accounts
reviewing the arithmetical accuracy of the directors' forecasts
evaluating  and  assessing  the  directors'  key  assumptions  in  the  going  concern  assessment,  including  the  forecast 
revenues and anticipated operating margins over the period to June 2023, which included consideration of the likelihood 
of  a  change  in  the  attached  cash  flows  that  would  be  considered  significant  for  the  purposes  of  the  directors'  going 
concern assessment
obtaining the terms of the group’s financing facility and the covenants in place in relation to this facility, and determining 
that the directors' forecasts demonstrated compliance with all covenant conditions for at least 12 months from the date of 
the approval of the financial statements
gaining an understanding of the potential mitigating actions that the directors could implement to meet the requirements of 
the covenants
reviewing the directors' disclosures in the financial statements

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group's and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern 
for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the group's 
and the company's ability to continue as a going concern.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant 
sections of this report.

Reporting on other information
The  other  information  comprises  all  of  the  information  in  the  Annual  Report  other  than  the  financial  statements  and  our 
auditors’ report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does 
not  cover  the  other  information  and,  accordingly,  we  do  not  express  an  audit  opinion  or,  except  to  the  extent  otherwise 
explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in 
the  audit,  or  otherwise  appears  to  be  materially  misstated.  If  we  identify  an  apparent  material  inconsistency  or  material 
misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial 
statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that 
there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based 
on these responsibilities.

With  respect  to  the  Strategic  report  and  Directors'  report,  we  also  considered  whether  the  disclosures  required  by  the  UK 
Companies Act 2006 have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions 
and matters as described below.

67

Strategic report and Directors’ Report
In  our  opinion,  based  on  the  work  undertaken  in  the  course  of  the  audit,  the  information  given  in  the  Strategic  report  and 
Directors’ Report for the year ended 31 December 2021 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in 
accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the 
audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors’ Report.

Directors’ Remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors' Responsibilities in respect of the Financial Statements, the directors 
are  responsible  for  the  preparation  of  the  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  the  applicable  framework  and  for  being 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or 
error.

In  preparing  the  financial  statements,  the  directors  are  responsible  for  assessing  the  group’s  and  the  company’s  ability  to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting  unless  the  directors  either  intend  to  liquidate  the  group  or  the  company  or  to  cease  operations,  or  have  no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

68

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually 
or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of 
these financial statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with 
our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to 
which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and 
regulations related to health and safety regulations, ISO standards and environmental legislation in the countries where the 
group has more significant operations, and we considered the extent to which non-compliance might have a material effect 
on  the  financial  statements.  We  also  considered  those  laws  and  regulations  that  have  a  direct  impact  on  the  financial 
statements  such  as  local  and  international  tax  legislation  and  the  Companies  Act  2006.  We  evaluated  management’s 
incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements (including the risk of override of controls), 
and  determined  that  the  principal  risks  were  related  to  posting  inappropriate  journal  entries  to  manipulate  financial  results, 
including relating to revenue recognition and adjusted earnings before interest, tax and amortisation, and management bias 
in accounting estimates. Audit procedures performed by the engagement team included:

•

•

•
•

•
•
•

obtaining  an  understanding  of  the  legal  and  regulatory  framework  applicable  to  the  group  and  how  the  group  is 
complying with that framework
discussions with management, the Audit Committee, general counsel and internal audit, including consideration of 
known or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations and fraud
reviewing minutes of meetings of those charged with governance
challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant accounting estimates, including 
but not limited to the impairment of non-financial assets and assessment of pension obligations
reviewing internal audit reports
incorporating an element of unpredictability into our audit procedures
identifying  and  testing  journal  entries,  in  particular  any  journal  entries  posted  with  unusual  account  combinations 
impacting financial results, revenue recognition and adjusted earnings before interest, tax and amortisation

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of 
non-compliance  with  laws  and  regulations  that  are  not  closely  related  to  events  and  transactions  reflected  in  the  financial 
statements. Also, the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one 
resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, 
or through collusion.

Our  audit  testing  might  include  testing  complete  populations  of  certain  transactions  and  balances,  possibly  using  data 
auditing techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete 
populations. We will often seek to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, 
we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected.

A  further  description  of  our  responsibilities  for  the  audit  of  the  financial  statements  is  located  on  the  FRC’s  website  at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s members as a body in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or 
assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may 
come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

69

Other required reporting

Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

• we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•

adequate  accounting  records  have  not  been  kept  by  the  company,  or  returns  adequate  for  our  audit  have  not  been 
received from branches not visited by us; or
certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
the company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement 
with the accounting records and returns.

•
•

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Gregory Briggs (Senior Statutory Auditor)

for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors

Manchester

April 21, 2022

70

 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

REVENUE
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Distribution costs
Administrative expenses
Share of results of joint ventures and associates
Restructuring and other expense
OPERATING PROFIT
Other expenses:

Net loss on acquisitions and disposals
Finance costs:

Interest costs
IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge

Total finance costs

PROFIT ON OPERATIONS BEFORE TAXATION
Income tax expense
NET INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
Net gain on disposition of discontinued operations
Net loss from discontinued operations
NET INCOME FOR THE YEAR
Attributable to:
Equity shareholders

Earnings per share1:
Basic from continuing operations
Basic from discontinued operations
Basic

Diluted from continuing operations
Diluted from discontinued operations
Diluted

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Note
2

15
6
4

6

8
8

9

11
11

2021
$M

2020
$M

374.1 
(267.0)   
107.1 
(10.7)   
(50.2)   
— 
(5.5)   
40.7 

324.8 
(237.3) 
87.5 
(6.5) 
(42.6) 
(0.1) 
(7.3) 
31.0 

(1.5)   

— 

(4.1)   
(1.9)   
(6.0)   
33.2 
(8.4)   
24.8 
6.6 
(6.6)   
24.8 

(6.0) 
(1.0) 
(7.0) 
24.0 
(6.2) 
17.8 
— 
(0.9) 
16.9 

24.8 

16.9 

$

$

0.90 
— 
0.90 

0.88 
— 
0.88 

0.65 
(0.03) 
0.61 

0.64 
(0.03) 
0.60 

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted

  27,698,691 
  28,032,506 

  27,557,219 
  27,971,382 

(1) The calculation of earnings per share is performed separately for continuing and discontinued operations. As a 
result, the sum of the two in any particular period may not equal the earnings-per-share amount in total.

In 2021, the basic average shares outstanding and diluted average shares outstanding were the same for 
discontinued operations because the effect of potential shares of common stock was anti-dilutive since the 
Company generated a net loss from discontinued operations. As a result, 333,815 shares combined were not 
included in the computation of diluted EPS for discontinued operations in 2021.

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Net income for the year

Other comprehensive (loss) / income movements

Items that may be reclassified to the consolidated income statement:

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Total translation of foreign operations movements

Items that will not be reclassified to the consolidated income statement:

Remeasurement of defined benefit retirement plans

Deferred income taxes on retirement benefits remeasurements
Retirement benefits changes

Total other comprehensive loss movements for the year
Total comprehensive income for the year

Attributed to:
Equity shareholders

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Note

2021
$M

2020
$M

24.8 

16.9 

30

24

(0.9)   
(0.9)   

2.9 
2.9 

48.8 

(9.8)   
39.0 

38.1 
62.9 

(19.0) 

3.7 
(15.3) 

(12.4) 
4.5 

62.9 

4.5 

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET 

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020

Note

$M

$M

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Intangible assets

Investments

Deferred income tax assets

Retirement benefits

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Income tax receivable

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Held-for-sale assets

TOTAL ASSETS

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

Capital and reserves

Ordinary share capital

Deferred share capital

Share premium account

Treasury shares

Retained earnings

Own shares held by ESOP

Share based compensation reserve

Translation reserve

Merger reserve

Non-current liabilities

Bank and other loans

Retirement benefits

Lease liability

Deferred income tax liabilities

Provisions

Trade and other payables

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Current income tax liabilities

Lease liability

Provisions

Held-for-sale liabilities

Total liabilities

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

12

26

13

15

24

30

16

17

19

18

20

20

20

20

20

22

30

26

24

23

25

25

26

23

18

87.3 

12.6 

72.5 

0.4 

7.1 

14.5 

194.4 

90.4 

57.6 

— 

6.4 

154.4 

8.6 

357.4 

26.5 

149.9 

79.7 

(9.6) 

347.3 

(1.1) 

(10.1) 

(49.8) 

(333.8) 

199.0 

59.6 

— 

10.5 

2.7 

1.6 

1.3 

75.7 

63.8 

2.8 

2.3 

12.3 

1.5 

82.7 

158.4 

357.4 

85.5 

9.2 

72.4 

0.5 

19.2 

— 

186.8 

68.8 

43.1 

1.5 

1.5 

114.9 

36.2 

337.9 

26.6 

149.9 

77.1 

(4.0) 

297.1 

(1.4) 

(7.3) 

(48.9) 

(333.8) 

155.3 

53.1 

50.8 

7.6 

2.8 

1.0 

0.1 

115.4 

41.7 

0.4 

2.1 

12.0 

11.0 

67.2 

182.6 

337.9 

THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ON PAGES 70 TO 134 WERE APPROVED BY THE BOARD ON APRIL 21, 2022 AND SIGNED ON ITS 
BEHALF:

Alok Maskara,

April 21, 2022

Company Registration no. 03690830

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT

The amounts below include both continuing and discontinued operations.

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Note

2021

$M

2020

$M

24.8 

8.4 

15.7 

0.8 

2.8 

— 

0.8 

4.1 

1.9 

— 

(14.8) 

(15.3) 

23.7 

(18.2) 

1.2 

(5.3) 

30.6 

0.1 

30.7 

(9.1) 

23.4 

— 

(19.3) 

(5.0) 

(0.1) 

(5.1) 

25.6 

(0.7) 

(2.5) 

6.4 

(1.0) 

(2.9) 

(13.6) 

— 
(6.4) 

(20.7) 

4.9 

— 

1.5 

6.4 

16.9 

6.2 

14.7 

— 

3.3 

0.1 

1.4 

6.0 

1.0 

0.1 

16.0 

13.7 

(17.1) 

(5.2) 

1.9 

(2.1) 

56.9 

0.3 

57.2 

(8.2) 

1.5 

(0.4) 

— 

(7.1) 

(0.3) 

(7.4) 

49.8 

(1.2) 

(3.9) 

(38.2) 

— 

(3.7) 

(13.6) 

1.1 
— 

(59.5) 

(9.7) 

0.9 

10.3 

1.5 

RECONCILIATION OF CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Net income for the year

Adjustments to reconcile net income for the year to net cash flows from continuing operating activities:

9

4

26

4

8

8

15

10

26

21

Income taxes

Depreciation and amortization

Amortization of debt issue costs

Lease right-of-use asset depreciation

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Share based compensation charges net of cash settlement

Net interest costs

IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge

Share of results of joint ventures and associates

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

   (Increase) / decrease in receivables

   (Increase) / (decrease) in inventories

   Increase / (decrease) in payables

Movement in retirement benefits obligations

Movement in provisions

Income taxes paid

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES - CONTINUING 

Net cash flows from operating activities - discontinued

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale of business

Cash flows on purchase of businesses

Acquisition costs, net of cash acquired

NET CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES - CONTINUING

Net cash flows from investing activities - discontinued

NET CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET CASH FLOWS BEFORE FINANCING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Interest and similar finance costs paid on banking facilities

Interest paid on Loan Notes

(Repayment) / draw down on banking facilities

Debt issue costs

Payments in respect of leases

Dividends paid

Proceeds from issue of shares
Share buyback

NET CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

NET INCREASE / (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Net foreign exchange differences

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

Equity attributable to the equity shareholders of the parent 

Ordinary
share
capital

Deferred
share
capital

Share
premium
account

Treasury
shares

Retained
earnings

Own 
shares
held
by ESOP

Other 
Reserves
(1)

Note

$M

$M

$M

$M

$M

$M

$M

Total
equity

$M

At At January 1, 2020

Net income for the year

Currency translation differences

Remeasurement of defined benefit retirement plans
Deferred income taxes on items taken to other 

comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Shares sold from ESOP

Equity dividends

Equity settled share based compensation charges

Utilization of treasury shares

Utilization of shares from ESOP

Other changes in equity in the year

At December 31, 2020

Net income for the year

Currency translation differences

Remeasurement of defined benefit retirement plans
Deferred income taxes on items taken to other 

comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Shares sold from ESOP

Equity dividends

Equity settled share based compensation charges

Utilization of treasury shares

Utilization of shares from ESOP

Repurchase of own shares

Cancellation of ordinary shares

Other changes in equity in the year

At December 31, 2021

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

24

21

20

20

24

21

20

20

20

20

26.6 

149.9 

74.5 

(4.0) 

309.1 

(1.7) 

(392.5) 

161.9 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

16.9  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

16.9 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

2.9  $ 

2.9 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

(19.0)  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

(19.0) 

—  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

3.7  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

— 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

— 

— 

— 

1.6 

— 

2.9 

—  $ 

0.8  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

0.3  $  —  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

(13.6)  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

(13.6) 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

2.8  $ 

2.8 

—  $ 

0.1  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

(0.2)  $ 

(0.1) 

—  $ 

1.7  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

(3.0)  $ 

(1.3) 

3.7 

4.5 

1.1 

— 

26.6 

— 

149.9 

2.6 

77.1 

— 

(13.6) 

0.3 

(0.4) 

(11.1) 

(4.0) 

297.1 

(1.4) 

(390.0) 

155.3 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

24.8  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

24.8 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

(0.9)  $ 

(0.9) 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

48.8  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

48.8 

—  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

(9.8)  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

(9.8) 

— 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

— 

— 

— 

63.8 

— 

(0.9) 

62.9 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

— 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

(13.6)  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

(13.6) 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

2.8  $ 

—  $ 

(0.1)  $ 

0.1  $ 

—  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

2.8 

— 

—  $ 

3.3  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

0.3  $ 

(5.6)  $ 

(2.0) 

—  $  —  $ 

(6.4)  $ 

—  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

(6.4) 

(0.1)  $ 

—  $ 

(0.6)  $ 

0.7  $ 

—  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

— 

(0.1) 

26.5 

— 

149.9 

2.6 

79.7 

(5.6) 

(9.6) 

(13.6) 

347.3 

0.3 

(2.8) 

(19.2) 

(1.1) 

(393.7) 

199.0 

(1)

Other reserves include, a translation reserve of $49.8 million deficit (2020: deficit of $48.9 million), a merger reserve of $333.8 million deficit (2020: 
$333.8 million deficit) and a share based compensation reserve of $10.1 million deficit (2020: $7.3 million deficit).

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

1.  Accounting policies

Basis of preparation and statement of compliance with IFRS

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  international  accounting 
standards  in  conformity  with  the  requirements  of  the  Companies  Act  2006  as  they  apply  to  the  consolidated 
financial statements of the Group for the year ended December 31, 2021. The consolidated financial statements 
have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except where IFRS requires or permits fair value measurement.

On  31  December  2020,  IFRS  as  adopted  by  the  European  Union  at  that  date  was  brought  into  UK  law  and 
became UK-adopted International Accounting Standards, with future changes being subject to endorsement by 
the  UK  Endorsement  Board.  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  transitioned  to  UK-adopted  International  Accounting 
Standards  in  its  company  financial  statements  on  1  January  2021.  This  change  constitutes  a  change  in 
accounting  framework.  However,  there  is  no  impact  on  recognition,  measurement  or  disclosure  in  the  period 
reported as a result of the change in framework.

The  financial  statements  of  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  UK-adopted 
International  Accounting  Standards  and  with  the  requirements  of  the  Companies  Act  2006  as  applicable  to 
companies reporting under those standards.

The directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future. In assessing the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis in the 
preparation of these financial statements, cash forecasts and projections have been prepared to June 2022. 
There is sufficient headroom in our covenant compliance which would enable the Group to drawdown on the 
RCF and not impact the Group's ability to continue as a going concern. Therefore the directors continue to apply 
the going concern basis for accounting in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

For  the  purpose  of  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements,  subsequent  events  have  been 
evaluated through to April 21, 2022, which is the date the consolidated financial statements were authorized by 
the Board. The consolidated financial statements were issued on April 21, 2022.

Basis of consolidation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  comprise  the  financial  statements  of  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  and  its 
subsidiaries  (the  "Group")  at  December  31  each  year.  These  financial  statements  present  the  Consolidated 
Income  Statement,  Consolidated  Statement  of  Other  Comprehensive  Income,  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet, 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows and Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity, for the year ending 
December 31, 2021, along with prior year comparatives for the year ending December 31, 2020. The financial 
statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting year as the parent company, using consistent 
accounting policies. All inter-company balances and transactions, including unrealized profits arising from intra-
group transactions, have been eliminated in full.

Subsidiaries  are  consolidated  from  the  date  on  which  control  is  transferred  to  the  Group  and  cease  to  be 
consolidated from the date on which control is transferred out of the Group.

The  accounting  policies  which  follow,  set  out  those  polices  which  apply  in  preparing  the  consolidated  financial 
statements for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2021.

Parent Company Guarantee

In  accordance  with  S479A  of  the  Companies Act  2006,  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  has  provided  a  parent  company 
guarantee  for  the  below  listed  subsidiaries,  meaning  that  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  they  are 
exempt from audit.

76

Name of Company

Lumina Trustee Limited

Luxfer Gas Cylinders China Holdings Limited

Luxfer Group Limited

Luxfer Group 2000 Limited

Luxfer Group Services Limited

Luxfer Magtech International Limited

Luxfer Overseas Holdings Limited

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Company registered number

6055812

5165622

3944037

4027006

3981395

2891444

3081726

77

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Presentational and functional currency

The  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in  U.S.  dollars  and  all  values  are  rounded  to  the  nearest 
$0.1 million except when otherwise indicated. The books of the Group's non-U.S. entities are converted to U.S. 
dollars at each reporting period date in accordance with the accounting policy below.

The  functional  currency  of  the  holding  company  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  is  USD  for  the  year-ended  2021.  The 
functional currency of UK subsidiaries is GBP.

Business combinations and goodwill

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured 
as the aggregate of the consideration transferred, measured at acquisition date fair value, and the amount of any 
non-controlling  interest  in  the  acquiree.  The  choice  of  measurement  of  non-controlling  interest,  either  at  fair 
value  or  at  the  proportionate  share  of  the  acquiree's  identifiable  net  assets,  is  determined  on  a  transaction  by 
transaction basis. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the aggregate of the acquisition-date fair value of the 
consideration  transferred  and  the  amount  recognized  for  the  non-controlling  interest  over  the  net  identifiable 
amounts of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in exchange for the business combination. After initial 
recognition,  goodwill  is  measured  at  cost  less  any  accumulated  impairment  losses.  For  the  purpose  of 
impairment  testing,  goodwill  acquired  in  a  business  combination  is,  from  the  acquisition  date,  allocated  to  the 
Group's  cash  generating  units  that  are  expected  to  benefit  from  the  combination.  Goodwill  is  tested  at  least 
annually  for  impairment,  or  more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  asset  is 
impaired.

Goodwill  arising  on  acquisitions  before  the  date  of  transition  to  IFRS  has  been  retained  at  the  previous 
U.K. GAAP amounts subject to being tested for impairment at that date and in subsequent years.

A bargain purchase is measured at cost being the excess of the net identifiable amounts of the assets acquired 
and the liabilities assumed in exchange for the business combination over the aggregate of the acquisition-date 
fair  value  of  the  consideration  transferred  and  the  amount  recognized  for  the  non-controlling  interest.  Any 
amount of a bargain purchase is recognized immediately as income.

Contingent  consideration  arising  as  a  result  of  a  business  combination  is  recognized  at  fair  value  at  the 
acquisition  date.  Subsequent  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  contingent  consideration  classified  as  an  asset  or 
liability are accounted for in accordance with the relevant IFRS standards.

Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets excluding development costs, are measured initially at purchase cost, or where acquired 
in  a  business  combination  at  fair  value,  and  are  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  their  estimated  useful 
lives as shown in the table below. 

Research expenditure is expensed as incurred. Internal development expenditure is charged as administrative 
costs  to  the  consolidated  income  statement  in  the  year  it  is  incurred  unless  it  meets  the  recognition  criteria  of 
IAS  38  "Intangible  Assets".  Where  the  recognition  criteria  are  met,  intangible  assets  are  capitalized  and 
amortized  over  their  estimated  useful  economic  lives  from  product  launch,  as  shown  in  the  table  below. 
Intangible  assets  relating  to  products  in  development  are  subject  to  impairment  testing  at  each  balance  sheet 
date or earlier upon indication of impairment.

Trading and technology related

Customer related

Development costs

Software

14 – 25 years

15 - 25 years

5 – 10 years

4 – 7 years

Amortization expense is recognised within administrative expenses in the income statement.

The  carrying  values  are  reviewed  for  impairment  when  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the 
carrying value may not be recoverable. Reviews are made annually of the estimated remaining lives and residual 
values of the patents and trademarks.

78

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Revenue

A  performance  obligation  is  a  promise  in  a  contract  to  transfer  a  distinct  good  or  service  to  the  customer. The 
majority  of  the  Company’s  contracts  have  a  single  performance  obligation,  as  the  promise  to  transfer  the 
individual goods or services is not separately identifiable from other promises in the contracts and, therefore, not 
distinct. There is no variable consideration or obligations for returns, refunds, or other related obligations in the 
Company’s contracts.

Payment terms and conditions vary by contract type and may include a requirement of payment in advance. In 
general, our payment terms are 30 to 60 days. In instances where the timing of revenue recognition differs from 
the timing of invoicing, the Company has determined its contracts do not include a significant financing 
component.

The Company’s revenue is primarily derived from the following sources and are recognized when or as the 
Company satisfies a performance obligation by transferring a good or service to a customer:

Product revenues
We recognize revenue when it is realized or realizable and has been earned. Revenue is recognized when the 
following are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (ii) shipment or delivery has occurred 
(depending on the terms of the sale), which is when the transfer of product or control occurs; (iii) our price to the 
buyer is fixed or determinable; and (iv) the ability to collect is reasonably assured. Transaction prices are 
determined depending on terms agreed with customers, revenue is recognized in line with the amount invoiced 
to customers.

Royalties
Royalty revenue is recognized on an accrual basis in accordance with the substance of the relevant agreements, 
provided that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Company and the amount of revenue can 
be measured reliably.

79

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Property, plant and equipment

Property,  plant  and  equipment  is  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and  any  impairment  in  value. 
Depreciation is initially calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the particular asset. As 
a  result  of  the  complexity  of  our  manufacturing  process,  there  is  a  wide  range  of  plant  and  equipment  in 
operation. The rate of annual charge is summarized as follows:

Freehold buildings

Leasehold land and buildings

Plant and equipment

Including:

Heavy production equipment (including casting, rolling, extrusion and press equipment)

Chemical production plant and robotics

Other production machinery

Furniture, fittings, storage and equipment

Freehold land is not depreciated.

3% – 10%

The lesser of life of 
lease or freehold rate

4% – 30%

4% – 6%

10% – 15%

10% – 20%

10% – 30%

Reviews are made annually of the estimated remaining lives and residual values of individual productive assets, 
taking account of commercial and technological obsolescence as well as normal wear and tear.

For any individual asset the carrying value is reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances 
indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. If any such indication exists and where the carrying value 
exceeds  the  estimated  recoverable  amount,  the  asset  is  written-down  to  its  recoverable  amount.  The 
recoverable amount of property, plant and equipment is the greater of the fair value less costs of disposal and 
the value in use. In assessing the value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present 
value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the 
risks specific to the asset. For an asset that does not generate largely independent cash inflows, the recoverable 
amount is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. Impairment losses are recognized 
in the consolidated income statement as part of the profit or loss on operations before taxation.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are 
expected  to  arise  from  the  continued  use  of  the  asset. Any  gain  or  loss  arising  on  derecognition  of  the  asset 
(calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying value of the item) is included in 
the consolidated income statement in the year the item is derecognized.

Maintenance costs in relation to an item of property, plant and equipment are expensed as incurred.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Raw materials are valued on a first-in, first-
out basis. Strategic purchases of inventories in order to secure supply and reduce the impact of price volatility on 
the cost of inventories are valued on an average cost basis. Work in progress and finished goods costs comprise 
direct  materials  and,  where  applicable,  direct  labor  costs,  an  apportionment  of  production  overheads  and  any 
other  costs  that  have  been  incurred  in  bringing  the  inventories  to  their  present  location  and  condition.  Net 
realizable  value  represents  the  estimated  selling  price  less  all  estimated  costs  of  completion  and  costs  to  be 
incurred in selling and distribution. Inventories are reviewed on a regular basis, and we will make allowance for 
excess or obsolete inventories and write-down to net realizable value based primarily on committed sales prices 
and our estimates of expected and future product demand and related pricing.

Held-for-sale assets / liabilities

In accordance with IFRS 5, assets and liabilities held-for-sale are written down to their fair value less costs to sell 
and  classified  as  held-for-sale  on  the  face  of  the  consolidated  balance  sheet.  Impairments  recognized  on  the 
assets and liabilities will be taken to the income statement and presented within restructuring and other expense.

If an asset or liability is no longer available for sale, then they will be reclassified within their relevant asset or 
liability financial statement line and held at amortized cost.

80

 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Foreign currencies

Transactions  in  currencies  other  than  an  operation's  functional  currency  are  initially  recorded  in  the  functional 
currency at the rate of exchange prevailing on the dates of transactions. At each balance sheet date, the foreign 
currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated into the functional currency at the rates prevailing on the 
balance sheet date.

All  differences  are  taken  to  the  consolidated  income  statement  with  the  exception  of  differences  on  foreign 
currency borrowings that provide a hedge against a net investment in a foreign entity. These are taken directly to 
equity  until  the  disposal  of  the  net  investment,  at  which  time  they  are  recognized  in  the  consolidated  income 
statement. Tax charges and credits attributable to exchange differences on those borrowings are also dealt with 
in equity.

On  consolidation,  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  Group's  foreign  operations  are  translated  at  exchange  rates 
prevailing on the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates 
for  the  period.  Exchange  differences  that  arise,  if  any,  are  classified  as  equity  and  transferred  to  the  Group's 
translation  reserve.  Such  translation  differences  are  recognized  in  the  consolidated  income  statement  in  the 
period in which the operation is disposed or partially disposed.

Income taxes

Current income taxes

Current  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  current  period  are  measured  at  the  amount  expected  to  be 
recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are 
those that are enacted, or substantively enacted, at the reporting date in the countries where the Group operates 
and generates taxable income.

Current  income  taxes  relating  to  items  recognized  directly  in  equity  is  recognized  in  equity  and  not  in  the 
consolidated  income  statement.  Management  periodically  evaluates  positions  taken  in  the  tax  returns  with 
respect to situations in which applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions 
where appropriate.

Deferred income taxes

Deferred  income  taxes  are  the  future  income  taxes  expected  to  be  payable  or  recoverable  on  differences 
between  the  carrying  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the 
corresponding  tax  bases  used  in  the  computation  of  taxable  profit,  and  are  accounted  for  using  the  balance 
sheet  liability  method.  Deferred  income  tax  liabilities  are  generally  recognized  for  all  taxable  temporary 
differences. Deferred income tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be 
available  against  which  deductible  temporary  differences  can  be  utilized.  Such  assets  and  liabilities  are  not 
recognized  if  the  temporary  difference  arises  from  goodwill  or  from  the  initial  recognition  (other  than  in  a 
business  combination)  of  other  assets  and  liabilities  in  a  transaction  that  affects  neither  the  tax  profit  nor  the 
accounting profit.

Deferred  income  tax  liabilities  are  recognized  for  taxable  temporary  differences  arising  on  investments  in 
subsidiaries, investments in associates, and interests in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control 
the  reversal  of  the  temporary  difference  and  it  is  probable  that  the  temporary  difference  will  not  reverse  in  the 
foreseeable future.

The carrying value of a deferred income tax asset is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the 
extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to 
be recovered.

Deferred income taxes are calculated at the tax rate that is expected to apply in the period when the liability is 
settled or the asset is realized based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted 
at the balance sheet date. Deferred income taxes are charged or credited to the consolidated income statement, 
except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the deferred income taxes 
are also dealt with in equity.

81

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Leases

The  Group  leases  various  buildings,  equipment  and  vehicles.  Rental  contracts  are  typically  made  for  fixed 
periods of 12 months to 10 years, but may have extension options.  Contracts may contain both lease and non-
lease  components.  The  Group  allocates  the  consideration  in  the  contract  to  the  lease  and  non-lease 
components based on their relative stand-alone prices. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and 
contain  a  wide  range  of  different  terms  and  conditions.  The  lease  agreements  do  not  impose  any  covenants 
other than the security interests in the leased assets that are held by the lessor. Leased assets may not be used 
as security for borrowing purposes. 

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include 
the net present value of the following lease payments:

•

•

•

•

•

fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable

variable lease payment that are based on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as 
at the commencement date

amounts expected to be payable by the group under residual value guarantees

the exercise price of a purchase option if the group is reasonably certain to exercise that option, and

payments  of  penalties  for  terminating  the  lease,  if  the  lease  term  reflects  the  group  exercising  that 
option.  

Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement 
of the liability.  The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot 
be readily determined, which is generally the case for leases in the Group, the lessee’s incremental borrowing 
rate is used, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain 
an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security 
and conditions.   

The group is exposed to potential future increases in variable lease payments based on an index or rate, which 
are  not  included  in  the  lease  liability  until  they  take  effect.  When  adjustments  to  lease  payments  based  on  an 
index  or  rate  take  effect,  the  lease  liability  is  reassessed  and  adjusted  against  the  right-of-use  asset.    Lease 
payments are allocated between principal and finance cost.

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:

•

•

•

•

the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability

any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received

any initial direct costs, and

restoration costs. 

Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the shorter of the asset's useful life and the lease term on a 
straight-line  basis.  If  the  Group  is  reasonably  certain  to  exercise  a  purchase  option,  the  right-of-use  asset  is 
depreciated  over  the  underlying  asset’s  useful  life.  Payments  associated  with  short-term  leases  of  equipment 
and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognized on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or 
loss.  Short-term  leases  are  leases  with  a  lease  term  of  12  months  or  less.  Low-value  assets  comprise  IT 
equipment and small items of office furniture. 

Retirement benefits costs

In  respect  of  defined  benefit  plans,  obligations  are  measured  at  the  present  value  whilst  plan  assets  are 
recorded at fair value. The cost of providing benefits is determined using the Projected Unit Credit Method, with 
actuarial valuations being carried out at each balance sheet date.

The charge to the consolidated income statement is based on an actuarial calculation of the Group's portion of 
the  annual  expected  costs  of  the  benefit  plans  and  the  net  interest  cost,  which  is  calculated  by  applying  the 
discount  rate  to  the  net  defined  benefit  obligation,  taking  into  account  contributions  and  benefits  paid.  Re-
measurements are recognized in the statement of comprehensive income.

82

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Retirement benefits costs (continued)

When  a  settlement  or  curtailment  occurs  the  obligation  and  related  plan  assets  are  remeasured  using  current 
actuarial  assumptions  and  the  resultant  gain  or  loss  recognized  in  the  consolidated  income  statement  in  the 
period in which the settlement or curtailment occurs. At December 31, 2021 both the U.S. and UK pension plans 
were in a surplus position. Management have assessed that it is appropriate to recognize this surplus in line the 
requirements of IFRIC 14 and IAS 19.

Payments to defined contribution plans are charged as an expense as they fall due.

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that 
a  transfer  of  resources  will  be  required  to  settle  the  obligation,  and  a  reliable  estimate  can  be  made  of  the 
amount of the obligation.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income for the period by the weighted-average number of 
ordinary  shares  outstanding,  net  of Treasury  shares  and  shares  held  in  ESOP.  Diluted  earnings  per  share  are 
computed by dividing net income for the period by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding 
and the dilutive ordinary share equivalents.

Share based compensation

The  cost  of  equity  settled  transactions  is  recognized,  based  upon  the  fair  value  at  grant  date,  together  with  a 
corresponding  increase  in  the  share  based  compensation  reserve  in  equity,  over  the  period  in  which  the 
performance  or  service  conditions  are  fulfilled.  The  cumulative  expense  recognized  for  equity  settled 
transactions  at  each  reporting  date  until  the  vesting  date  reflects  the  extent  to  which  the  vesting  period  has 
expired  and  the  Group's  best  estimate  of  the  number  of  equity  instruments  that  will  ultimately  vest.  The 
consolidated income statement expense or credit for a period represents the movement in cumulative expense 
recognized at the beginning and end of that period.

Separate disclosure of expenses or income

Certain  items  of  expense  or  income  are  presented  separately  within  restructuring  and  other  expenses,  on  the 
face of the Consolidated Income Statement,  based on management's judgment that they need to be disclosed 
by virtue of their size, nature or incidence in order to provide a proper understanding of our results of operations 
and  financial  condition.  Such  items  of  expense  or  income  incurred  during  a  period  are  disclosed  under 
identifiable headings in the Consolidated Income Statement and further explained in Note 6 to the consolidated 
financial statements. Examples of such items include but are not limited to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Restructuring of the activities of the Group and reversals of any provisions for the costs of restructuring;

write-downs to net realizable value or of property, plant and equipment to recoverable amount, as well as 
reversals of such write-downs;

disposals of items of property, plant and equipment;

disposals of investments and subsidiaries;

discontinued operations;

litigation settlements; and

other material reversals of provisions.

The nature of the items of expense or income is considered to determine whether the item should be presented 
as part of operating profit or loss or as other expenses or income. The adjusted earnings per share calculations, 
presented  by  the  Group  exclude  the  impact  of  these  items.  Management  believes  that  the  use  of  adjusted 
measures such as this provides additional useful information on underlying trends to shareholders.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits with 
an original maturity date of three months or less. For the purpose of the consolidated cash flow statement, cash 
and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as defined above, but net of bank overdrafts.

83

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Trade and other receivables

Trade  receivables  are  recognized  initially  at  the  amount  of  consideration  that  is  unconditional,  unless  they 
contain significant financing components, in which case they are recognized at fair value. The Group holds the 
trade  receivables  with  the  objective  of  collecting  the  contractual  cash  flows,  and  so  it  measures  them 
subsequently at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Trade and other receivables (continued)

The  Group  applies  the  IFRS  9  simplified  approach  to  measuring  expected  credit  losses  which  uses  a  lifetime 
expected loss allowance for all trade receivables and contract assets.

To  measure  the  expected  credit  losses,  trade  receivables  and  contract  assets  have  been  grouped  based  on 
shared credit risk characteristics and the days past due. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress 
and  have  substantially  the  same  risk  characteristics  as  the  trade  receivables  for  the  same  types  of  contracts. 
The  group  has  therefore  concluded  that  the  expected  loss  rates  for  trade  receivables  are  a  reasonable 
approximation of the loss rates for the contract assets.

The expected loss rates are based on the payment profiles of sales over a period of 36 months before 
December 31, 2021 and the corresponding historical credit losses experienced within this period. The historical 
loss rates are adjusted to reflect current and forward looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the 
ability of the customers to settle the receivables. 

Trade receivables and contract assets are written off where there is no reasonable expectation of recovery.

The maximum exposure at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of these receivables.

Bank and other loans

Bank  and  other  loans  are  recorded  at  the  fair  value  of  the  proceeds  received  net  of  directly  attributable 
transaction  costs.  Issue  costs  relating  to  revolving  credit  facilities  are  charged  to  the  consolidated  income 
statement  over  the  estimated  life  of  the  facility  on  a  periodic  basis  and  are  added  to  the  carrying  value  of  the 
facility.  Issue  costs  relating  to  fixed  term  loans  are  charged  to  the  consolidated  income  statement  using  the 
effective interest method and are added to the carrying value of the fixed term loan.

Trade payables

Trade payables are not interest bearing and are stated at their nominal value.

Derivative financial instruments

The Group uses derivative financial instruments such as foreign currency contracts to hedge its risks associated 
with foreign currency fluctuations. Such derivative financial instruments are stated at fair value. Gains and losses 
arising from derivative financial instruments are recognized directly in the consolidated income statement.

Financial liabilities and equity instruments

Financial  liabilities  and  equity  instruments  issued  by  the  Group  are  recorded  at  the  proceeds  received,  net  of 
direct issue costs.

Financial liabilities and equity instruments are all instruments that are issued by the Group as a means of raising 
finance,  including  shares,  loan  notes,  debentures,  debt  instruments  and  options  and  warrants  that  give  the 
holder the right to subscribe for or obtain financial liabilities and equity instruments.

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting 
all  of  its  liabilities.  All  equity  instruments  are  included  in  shareholders'  funds.  The  finance  costs  incurred  in 
respect of an equity instrument are charged directly to the consolidated income statement. Other instruments are 
classified as financial liabilities if they contain a contractual obligation to transfer economic benefits.

84

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Critical accounting judgments and key sources of estimation uncertainty

The  key  assumptions  concerning  the  future,  and  other  key  sources  of  estimation  uncertainty  at  the  balance 
sheet  date,  that  have  a  significant  risk  of  causing  a  material  adjustment  to  the  carrying  values  of  assets  and 
liabilities  within  the  next  financial  year,  are  discussed  below.  The  judgments  used  by  management  in  the 
application of the Group's accounting policies in respect of these key areas of estimation are considered to be 
the most significant. The below policies include both elements of judgments and estimates.

Pensions

The present value of future obligations of pensions are determined from actuarial valuations. Inherent in these 
valuations  are  assumptions,  including:  (i)  discount  rates;  (ii)  inflation  rates;  (iii)  pension  increases;  and  (iv)  life 
expectancy.  These  assumptions  are  determined  in  association  with  qualified  actuaries.  Due  to  the  long-term 
nature  of  these  plans,  such  estimates  are  subject  to  significant  uncertainty.  The  pension  assets  /  liabilities  at 
December 31, 2021 are $14.5 million (2020: ($50.8) million). Further details are given in Note 30.

Loss contingencies

Accruals are recorded for various contingencies, including legal proceedings, self-insurance and other claims 
that arise in the normal course of business. The accruals are based on judgment, the probability of losses and, 
where applicable, the consideration of opinions of internal and/or external legal counsel and actuarial determined 
estimates. Additionally, we record receivables from third party insurers when recovery has been determined to 
be probable. Our critical judgment revolves around the recognition of litigation and environmental liabilities in 
relation to the closure of our French site. We have recognized a loss contingency of $11.2 million, for which we 
have engaged with external experts to assist with the valuation of these liabilities. 

Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets

Business combinations are accounted for using the purchase method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as 
the aggregate of the consideration transferred, measured at acquisition date fair value, and the amount of any 
non-controlling interest in the acquiree. The measurement of non-controlling interest is at fair value and is 
determined on a transaction by transaction basis. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquired businesses over the net of the fair value of identifiable
tangible net assets, identifiable intangible assets purchased, and liabilities assumed.

In accordance with IAS 36, Goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment or more frequently if events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. Goodwill is tested for impairment by either 
performing a qualitative evaluation or a quantitative test. The qualitative evaluation is an assessment of factors 
to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying 
amount, including goodwill. We may elect not to perform the qualitative assessment for some or all reporting 
units and only perform a quantitative impairment test. At the end of the third quarter of 2021, management 
carried out its qualitative review, which showed no indicators of impairment, as a result, the Company concluded 
its review at this point and was not required to perform a quantitative review. We completed a quantitative 
goodwill impairment evaluation as of the last day of the third quarter of 2020 and 2019 with each of our reporting 
units' fair value being substantially in excess of their carrying value.

Going concern

The Directors have prepared cash flow forecasts for a period of at least 12 months from the date of the approval 
of  these  financial  statements  which  indicate  that,  taking  account  of  reasonably  possible  downsides,  the 
Company  will  have  sufficient  funds,  generated  from  operations  and  committed  banking  facilities,  to  meet  its 
liabilities as they fall due for that period.

The  Directors  continue  to  monitor  the  impact  of  COVID-19  on  the  Company  and  wider  markets  in  which  the 
Company operates. Whilst COVID-19 has given rise to inflationary cost pressures and supply chain issues, the 
business continues to recover well from the pandemic, as demonstrated by the significant improvement in year 
on year results. The impact of COVID-19 is further discussed below.

Subsequent  to  the  year  end,  the  global  political  environment  has  become  increasingly  uncertain.  This  could 
potentially give rise to additional inflationary cost pressures and supply chain issues to those arising as a result 
of COVID-19. In response to these events, the Company continues to execute business continuity plans in line 
with  those  used  to  mitigate  the  impact  of  COVID-19  (see  below  for  further  details).  Furthermore,  the  Directors 
have assessed the direct impact on the business, and identified that revenue generated from affected areas is 
less than one percent of the Company's total revenue, and as such the Group has minimal exposure to these 

85

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

events.  Whilst  the  Company  purchases  raw  materials  from  affected  areas,  alternative  supply  chains  are 
available and have been executed since these events began. 

Despite the uncertainties discussed above, the Company is expected to generate positive cash from operations 
for a period of at least 12 months from the date of approval of these financial statements. In addition, there is 
sufficient  headroom  in  our  covenant  compliance  which  would  enable  the  Group  to  drawdown  on  the  revolving 
credit  facility  and  not  impact  the  Group's  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern. At  the  date  of  these  financial 
statements  there  is  in  excess  of  $50m  undrawn  on  the  revolving  credit  facility.  Accordingly,  the  financial 
statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.

Impact of COVID-19 on the Financial Statements

Demand  from  most  end-markets  we  serve  has  improved  throughout  2021  following  the  adverse  impact  of 
COVID-19  on  prior  year  volumes.  Sharp  recovery  in  demand,  combined  with  supply  chain  challenges,  has 
resulted in some adverse business impacts, including increased material cost inflation on key inputs (including 
magnesium,  aluminum  and  carbon  fiber),  labor  availability  issues  and  energy  and  transport  cost  increases. 
Currently,  our  expectation  is  that  the  impact  of  material  and  energy  cost  inflation  and  labor  and  transport 
constraints will continue into 2022, but it is our intention to pass through inflation to our customers.

The Company continues to monitor the COVID-19 situation closely, including subsequent constraints on supply,
while simultaneously executing business continuity plans. These business continuity plans include, but are not
limited to, (i) retooling operations to maintain social distance and maximize employee safety; (ii) increasing
resources to manage supply constraints and recruit employees in order to satisfy demand; (iii) expanding flexible
work arrangements and policies, where practical, to maximize employee safety; and (iv) providing regular
updates to our shareholders, employees, customers, and suppliers in a transparent and timely manner.

In relation to liquidity, the Company has access to a revolving credit facility (see Note 22) and has performed
stress testing on financial covenants using current forecast information. Consequently, the Company has not
identified any liquidity concerns.

Changes in accounting policies

The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year.

New standards and amendments to standards not applied

The IASB has issued the following significant amendments to standards with a mandatory effective date on or 
after January 1, 2021:

International Financial Reporting Standards
IAS 1

Presentation of financial statements (amendments)

Mandatory effective date
No earlier than January 1, 2023

IAS 8
IAS 12 

IAS 16
IFRS 3

IAS 37

Accounting Estimates and Errors
Income Taxes

Property, Plant and Equipment (amendments)
Business combination (amendments)

Onerous Contracts (amendments)

No earlier than January 1, 2023
No earlier than January 1, 2023

No earlier than January 1, 2022
No earlier than January 1, 2022

No earlier than January 1, 2022

The directors do not expect  that the adoption of the  standards listed above will have a material impact on the 
consolidated financial statements of the Group in future periods.

2. Revenue

Disaggregated revenue disclosures for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 are 
presented below.

86

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Net sales by end-market

2021
$M

$M

Gas 

$M

$M

Gas 

2020
$M

$M

Cylinders Elektron

Total
95.8    129.2 
45.8    117.0 
54.2    127.9 
195.8    374.1 

Cylinders Elektron

Total
87.7    111.9 
92.1 
42.3   
52.9    120.8 
141.9    182.9    324.8 

24.2   
49.8   
67.9   

Net sales by geographic destination

2021

2020

$M

Percent

$M

Percent

207.8 

 55.6 %  

173.0 

 53.3 %

24.4 

17.7 

11.0 

12.5 

 6.6 %  

 4.7 %  

 2.9 %  

 3.3 %  

18.7 

15.7 

10.5 

20.2 

 5.8 %

 4.8 %

 3.2 %

 6.2 %

273.4 

 73.1 %  

238.1 

 73.3 %

25.8 

53.7 

21.2 

374.1 

 6.9 %  

 14.3 %  

 5.7 %  

25.4 

45.2 

16.1 

324.8 

 7.8 %

 13.9 %

 5.0 %

General industrial
Transportation
Defense, First Response & Healthcare

33.4   
71.2   
73.7   
178.3   

United States

U.K.

Germany

Italy

France

Top five countries

Rest of Europe

Asia Pacific
Other (1)

(1) Other includes Canada, South America and Africa.

The  Company’s  performance  obligations  are  satisfied  at  a  point  in  time.  With  the  reclassification  of  our 
Superform  business  as  discontinued  operations,  none  of  the  Company's  continuing  revenue  is  satisfied  over 
time. As  a  result,  the  Company's  contract  receivables,  contract  assets  and  contract  liabilities  at  December  31, 
2021 are disclosed within current assets and liabilities held-for-sale.

Segmental Information

3. 
We  classify  our  operations  into  two  core  business  segments,  Gas  Cylinders  and  Elektron,  based  primarily  on 
shared  economic  characteristics  for  the  nature  of  the  products  and  services;  the  nature  of  the  production 
processes;  the  type  or  class  of  customer  for  their  products  and  services;  the  methods  used  to  distribute  their 
products or provide their services; and the nature of the regulatory environment. The Group has four identified 
business  units,  which  aggregate  into  the  two  reportable  segments.  Luxfer  Gas  Cylinders  forms  the  Gas 
Cylinders segment, and Luxfer MEL Technologies, Luxfer Magtech and Luxfer Graphic Arts aggregate into the 
Elektron segment. The Superform business unit used to aggregate into the Gas Cylinders segment, but is now 
recognized within discontinued operations. 

Gas Cylinders segment
Our  Gas  Cylinders  segment  manufactures  and  markets  specialized  products  using  carbon  composites  and 
aluminum,  including  pressurized  cylinders  for  use  in  various  applications  including  self-contained  breathing 
apparatus (SCBA) for firefighters, containment of oxygen and other medical gases for healthcare, alternative fuel 
vehicles, and general industrial.

Elektron segment 
Our Elektron segment focuses on specialty materials based primarily on magnesium and zirconium, with key 
product lines including advanced lightweight magnesium alloys with a variety of uses across a variety of 
industries; magnesium powders for use in countermeasure flares, as well as heater meals; photoengraving 
plates for graphic arts; and high-performance zirconium-based materials and oxides used as catalysts and in the 
manufacture of advanced ceramics, fiber-optic fuel cells, and many other performance products.

Other
Other  primarily  represents  unallocated  corporate  expense  and  includes  non-service  related  defined  benefit 
pension cost / credit.

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Management  monitors  the  operating  results  of  its  reportable  segments  separately  for  the  purpose  of  making 
decisions  about  resource  allocation  and  performance  assessment.  Segment  performance  is  evaluated  by  the 
chief  operating  decision  maker,  who  is  responsible  for  allocating  resources  and  assessing  performance  of  the 
operating segments and has been identified as the CEO, using adjusted EBITA(1) and adjusted EBITDA, which is 
defined as segment income and is based on operating income adjusted for share based compensation charges; 
loss  on  disposal  of  property,  plant  and  equipment,  restructuring  charges;  impairment  charges;  acquisition  and 
disposal  related  gains  and  costs;  other  charges;  depreciation  and  amortization;  and  unwind  of  discount  on 
deferred consideration.

Unallocated assets and liabilities include those which are held on behalf of the Group and cannot be allocated to 
a  segment,  such  as  taxation,  investments,  cash,  retirement  benefits  obligations,  bank  and  other  loans  and 
holding company assets and liabilities. 

Financial  information  by  reportable  segment  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  is  included  in  the  following 
summary:

In millions

Gas Cylinders segment

Elektron segment

Consolidated

In millions

Gas Cylinders segment

Elektron segment

Consolidated

3. 

Segmental Information (continued)

In millions

Gas Cylinders segment

Elektron segment

Unallocated

Discontinued operations

Consolidated

In millions

Gas Cylinders segment

Elektron segment

Unallocated

Discontinued operations

Consolidated

Net Sales

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

2021

2020

2021

2020

$ 

178.3  $ 

141.9  $ 

22.7  $ 

195.8 

182.9 

40.7 

$ 

374.1  $ 

324.8  $ 

63.4  $ 

21.3 

32.6 

53.9 

Depreciation and 
amortization

2021

2020

Restructuring and 
other expense
2020
2021

$ 

$ 

5.7  $ 

10.0 

3.9 

9.7 

$ 

4.2  $ 

1.3 

15.7  $ 

13.6 

$ 

5.5  $ 

5.9 

1.3 

7.2 

Capital expenditure

2021

2020

$ 

0.9  $ 

7.9   

—   

0.1  $ 

8.9  $ 

$ 

$ 

2.0 

5.1 

— 

0.3 

7.4 

Total assets

2021

2020

Total liabilities
2020
2021

$ 

114.6  $ 

90.8  $ 

51.6  $ 

203.4 

34.5 

4.9 

186.7 

26.6 

33.8 

36.0   

69.2   

1.6   

357.4  $ 

337.9  $ 

158.4  $ 

182.6 

36.4 

28.6 

106.6 

11.0 

$ 

$ 

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In millions

United States

United Kingdom

Rest of Europe

Canada

Asia Pacific

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Non-current assets

2021

2020

105.6   

107.7 

77.8   

1.0   

10.0   

—   

68.5 

1.1 

9.4 

0.1 

194.4   

186.8 

(1) Adjusted EBITA is adjusted EBITDA less depreciation and loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment.

(2) 2021 and 2020 adjusted EBITDA is calculated on a US GAAP basis, our primary GAAP. A reconciliation can be found in our FORM 10-K 
filed with the SEC on February 24, 2022.

4.  Operating profit

Operating profit for continuing activities is stated after charging:

Research and development expenditure charged to the consolidated income statement

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (Note 12)

Right-of-use asset depreciation (Note 26)

Amortization of intangible assets (Note 13)

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Restructuring and other expense (Note 6)

Net foreign exchange gains

Staff costs (Note 7)

Cost of inventories recognized as expense (Note 16)

2021

$M

2020

$M

3.9 

14.3 

2.8 

1.4 

— 

5.5 

3.3 

13.4 

3.3 

1.3 

0.1 

7.3 

0.5   —  

105.3 

159.1 

(0.5) 

89.1 

132.0 

5.  Fees payable to auditors

The  total  remuneration  of  the  Group's  auditors,  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP  and  other  member  firms  of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers  International  Limited,  for  services  provided  to  the  Group  during  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 is analyzed below.

Fees payable to auditors for the audit of the consolidated financial statements and its 
subsidiaries

1.6 

1.7 

Fees paid for non-audit services were less than $0.1 million in both 2021 and 2020.

The audit fee for the company financial statements of Luxfer Holdings PLC was $0.1 million (2020: $0.1 million). 

2021

$M

2020

$M

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.  Other (expense) / income items

(a)   Restructuring and other expense

Charged to operating profit:

Rationalization of operations

Environmental remediation costs

(b)   Net loss on acquisitions and disposals

(Charged)/credited to non-operating profit:

Merger and acquisition costs

Gain on previously written down inventory

Remeasurement of deferred contingent consideration

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

2021

$M

2020

$M

(5.1)   

(0.4)   

(5.5)   

(6.9) 

(0.4) 

(7.3) 

(1.5)   

(0.4) 

— 

— 

(1.5)   

0.3 

0.1 

— 

Rationalization of operations

During  2021,  2020  and  2019,  we  initiated  and  continued  execution  of  certain  business  restructuring  initiatives 
aimed at reducing our fixed cost structure and realigning our business.

In 2021, there was $3.4 million of costs in relation to the closure of Luxfer Gas Cylinders' French site, which 
includes an additional $1.0 million charge for environmental remediation and $2.4 million employee litigation 
claims, with the remaining largely legal and professional fees. It is expected that we will incur further costs in 
2022. A further $0.3 million of miscellaneous project costs were incurred in the Gas Cylinders Segment during 
2021. There was also $0.9 million of one-time employee termination costs in the Elektron division, largely in 
relation to the divestiture of our small Luxfer Magtech production facility in Ontario, Canada.

In 2020, there was $5.4 million of costs in relation to the closure of Luxfer Gas Cylinders' French site. In
response to uncertain global economic conditions, we undertook actions to reduce the Company's cost structure
and improve operating efficiency. These actions included a workforce reduction program resulting in $1.5 million
of severance-related charges, of which $0.4 million and $1.0 million were incurred in the Gas Cylinders and
Elektron Segments respectively, and $0.1 million which is unallocated.

6.  Other (expense) / income items (continued)

Environmental remediation costs

In 2021 and 2020, the Company recognised $0.4 million and $0.4 million respectively, in other charges on the 
consolidated income statement relating to historical environmental clean-up costs.

Net loss on acquisitions and disposals

Acquisition-related  costs  of  $1.5  million  in  2021  represent  professional  fees  incurred  in  relation  to  the  SCI 
acquisition.

Acquisition-related costs which were net nil in 2020 relate to $0.4 million costs incurred in relation to merger and 
acquisition  ("M&A")  exploration  activities  offset  by  deferred  consideration  adjustments  and  profit  on  previously 
written-down  inventory.  In  July  2020  we  sold  our  51%  investment  in  Luxfer  Uttam  India  Private  Limited  to  the 
joint venture ("JV") partner. Allowing for legal costs, we generated a profit on disposal of less than $0.1 million.

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7. 

Staff Costs

Staff costs from continuing operations were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Retirement benefits costs

IAS 19 Retirement benefits finance charge

Redundancy costs: Continuing activities

Share based compensation charges (Note 32)

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

2021

$M

2020

$M

90.3 

75.6 

6.7 

3.6 

1.9 

— 

2.8 

5.1 

3.2 

1.0 

1.4 

2.8 

105.3 

89.1 

The average monthly number of employees from continuing operations during the year was made up as follows:

Production and distribution

Sales and administration

Research and development

The compensation of the members of our Board of Directors (each, a "director") was:

Remuneration (short-term benefits)

Social security costs

Post-retirement benefits

Total short-term and post-retirement benefits

2021

No.

2020

No.

1,106 

1,070 

174 

31 

168 

29 

1,311 

1,267 

2021

$M

2020

$M

2.6 

0.2 

0.2 

3.0 

1.5 

0.1 

0.2 

1.8 

In 2021, compensation  of key management personnel for  the period they served on the Executive Leadership 
Team, (including directors) was $7.7 million (2020: $4.8 million) in total which includes; $5.0 million (2020: $3.2 
million) for short-term employee benefits, $2.2 million (2020: $1.2 million) for long-term incentive plans and $0.3 
million  (2020:  $0.3  million)  for  post-employment  benefits.  Social  security  costs  were  incurred  of  $0.2  million 
(2020: $0.1 million).

Details  of  the  share  awards  granted  are  included  in  the  Remuneration  Report  in  Outstanding  Share  Awards 
During 2021, are on pages 50 to 51 of the Remuneration Report. 

Further  details  of  directors'  remuneration  are  included  in  the  Remuneration  Report  on  pages  43  to  60.  The 
Remuneration Report includes information in relation to the highest paid Director.

During 2021 and 2020, one director was a member of the Group's U.S. registered defined contribution plan. 

Directors' interests and related party transactions

No directors had a material interest in, nor were they a party to, any contract or arrangement to which the parent 
company, Luxfer Holdings PLC (the "Company") or any of its subsidiaries is or was party to either during the year 
or at the end of the year, with the following exceptions: in the case of the executive director his individual service 
contract  and  the  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  Long-Term  Umbrella  Incentive  Plan;  in  the  case  of  the  non-executive 
directors  their  engagement  letters  or  the  contract  for  services  under  which  their  services  as  a  director  of  the 
Company are provided; in the case of the executive director and the chairman, the Luxfer Holdings PLC Non-
Executive Directors Equity Incentive Plan. Information regarding the share options exercised during the year is 
included within the Remuneration Report. See Note 33 for related party transactions.

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8.  Finance costs

Finance costs from continuing operations was as follows:

Bank and other loan interest payable

Amortization of issue costs

Lease interest payable

IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge

Total finance costs

9. 

Income tax expense 

(a) Analysis of taxation charge for the year

Current income taxes:

U.K. corporation tax

Adjustments in respect of previous years

Non-U.K. tax

Adjustments in respect of previous years

Total current tax charge

Deferred income taxes:

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Adjustments in respect of previous years

Total deferred income taxes charge

Tax charge on profit on operations

The income tax charges relate to continuing activities.

(b)  Factors affecting the taxation charge for the year

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

2021

$M

2020

$M

3.2 

0.5 

0.4 

1.9 

6.0 

5.1 

0.5 

0.4 

1.0 

7.0 

2021

$M

2020

$M

2.4 

(0.4)   

2.0 

4.7 

0.5 

7.2 

1.5 

(0.3)   

1.2 

8.4 

0.1 

(0.3) 

(0.2) 

2.1 

0.3 

2.2 

4.7 

(0.7) 

4.0 

6.2 

The tax assessed for the year differs (2020: differs) from the standard rate of 19% (2020: 19%) for corporation 
tax in the U.K.

The differences are explained below:

Profit on operations before taxation

Profit on operations at 2020 standard rate of corporation tax in the U.K. of 19% (2020: 
19%)

Effects of:

Non-deductible expenses / (income not taxable)

Movement in unprovided deferred income taxes

Foreign tax rate differences

Effect of changes in tax rates

Adjustment in respect of previous years

Other

Tax expense

2021

$M

2020

$M

33.2 

24.0 

6.3 

1.9 

(0.6)   

0.5 

(0.1)   

(0.2)   

0.6 

8.4 

4.6 

1.5 

0.8 

— 

— 

(0.7) 

— 

6.2 

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

In March 2021 an increase in the U.K. corporation tax rate from 19% to 25% was announced, effective from April 
1, 2023. Deferred tax liabilities and assets which are expected to unwind after April 1, 2023 have been revalued 
at 25%. This resulted in an additional tax charge of $0.8m on deferred tax liabilities in relation to pension surplus, 
and an additional tax credit of $0.9m on deferred tax assets in relation to tax losses, overall a $0.1m reduction to 
the income tax expense.

The 2020 deferred tax charge includes a non-cash accounting adjustment in respect of previous years of $0.8 
million, which predominantly results from a re-evaluation of the availability of historic tax losses to offset future 
taxable profits.                                     

(c) Factors that may affect future taxation charge

At  December  31,  2021,  the  Company  had  carried  forward  tax  losses  and  tax  credits  of  $106.3  million  (U.K.: 
$43.0 million, non-U.K.: $63.3 million). Carried forward tax losses and tax credits for 2020 were $104.2 million 
(U.K.:  $30.0  million,  non-U.K.:  $74.2  million)  and  for  2019  were  $94.9  million  (U.K.:  $32.8  million,  non-U.K.: 
$62.1 million). To the extent that these losses are not already recognized as deferred income taxes assets and 
are  available  to  offset  against  future  taxable  profits,  it  is  expected  that  the  future  effective  tax  rate  would  be 
below the standard rate in the country where the profits are offset. A valuation allowance of $18.0 million (2020: 
$19.3  million,  2019:  $14.9  million)  exists  for  deferred  tax  benefits  related  to  the  tax  loss  and  tax  credit  carry 
forwards and other benefits that may not be realized. The apportionment of the valuation allowance between the 
U.K. and non-U.K. jurisdictions is U.K.: $4.1 million, non-U.K.: $13.9 million (2020: U.K.: $3.2 million, non-U.K.: 
$16.1 million; 2019: U.K.: $2.8 million, non-U.K.: $12.1 million). The non-U.K. valuation allowances relates to tax 
losses in France and Germany.

Of the carried forward tax losses and tax credits as at December 31, 2021, $13.4 million expire between 2023 
and 2034, and $99.2 million are available for indefinite carry-forward.

In March 2021 an increase in the U.K. corporation tax rate from 19% to 25% was announced, effective from April 
1, 2023. Deferred tax liabilities and assets which are expected to unwind after April 1, 2023 have been revalued 
at 25%. Gains and losses arising from revaluation have been recognized in the consolidated income statement.

10. Acquisitions

On March 15, 2021 the Company completed the acquisition of the Structural Composites Industries LLC ('SCI') 
business of Worthington Industries, Inc., based in Pomona, California, for $19.3 million cash consideration. The 
Company  acquired  100%  of  the  share  capital  and  voting  rights.  The  acquisition  of  SCI  strengthens  Luxfer's 
composite  cylinder  offering  and  aligns  with  recent  investments  to  enhance  its  alternative  fuel  capabilities  to 
capitalize on the growing compressed natural gas and hydrogen opportunities. 

The fair value of assets and liabilities acquired are as follows:

In millions

Accounts and other receivables

Inventories

Property, plant and equipment

Customer relationships

Less:

Accounts payable

Net assets acquired

$ 

4.7 

6.7 

7.8 

1.8 

(1.7) 

19.3

Cash consideration paid

$ 

19.3 

In  the  nine  months  to  December  31,  2021  SCI  contributed  revenue  of  $25.3  million  and  a  loss  before  tax  of   
$5.3 million to the Group's results. If SCI had been in the group for a full twelve months it would have contributed 
approximately an additional $8.5m to revenue and a further $0.2m loss to the Group's results.

Acquisition-related  costs  of  $1.5  million  in  2021  represent  professional  fees  incurred  in  relation  to  the  SCI 
acquisition.

93

 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

11. Discontinued Operations

Our Superform aluminum superplastic forming business which operated from sites in the U.S. and the U.K, and 
our U.S. aluminum gas cylinder business were historically included in the Gas Cylinders segment. As a result of 
our  decision  to  exit  non-strategic  aluminum  product  lines,  we  have  reflected  the  results  of  operations  of  these 
businesses as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Income for all periods presented.

Our U.S. aluminum gas cylinder business was sold in March 2021 for $20.2 million, net of working capital 
adjustments. The Group recognised a gain on disposition, net of tax, of $7.1 million. The table below outlines the 
gain on disposition.

In millions

Net proceeds

Less

Net assets sold

Gross gain on disposition

Tax expense

Net gain on disposition

2021

$ 

20.2 

(11.5) 

8.7 

(1.6) 

7.1 

$ 

In September 2021, our Superform U.K. business was sold for $4.0 million, net of working capital adjustments. 
The Group recognised a loss on disposition, net of tax, of $0.5 million. The table below outlines the loss on 
disposition.

In millions

Net proceeds

Deferred consideration receivable

Less

Net assets sold

Loss on disposition

2021

3.0 

1.0 

(4.5) 

(0.5) 

$ 

$ 

We expect our Superform U.S. business to be sold within the next twelve months.

The assets and liabilities of the above businesses have been presented within Current assets held-for-sale and 
Current liabilities held-for-sale in the consolidated balance sheets. As the businesses met the criteria for held-for-
sale and discontinued operations, the balance sheet at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. The Group 
recognised a $1.5 million impairment charge relating to plant and equipment held in our Superform U.S. 
business reflecting updated expectations of fair market value.

Results of discontinued operations were as follows:

2021

$M

2020

$M

20.9 
(21.8)   
(0.9)   
(0.5)   
(2.5)   
(2.5)   
(6.4)   
(0.1)   
(6.5)   
(0.1)   
(6.6)   

53.2 
(50.4) 
2.8 
(1.1) 
(2.3) 
(0.1) 
(0.7) 
(0.2) 
(0.9) 
— 
(0.9) 

REVENUE
Cost of Sales
Gross profit
Distribution costs
Administrative expenses
Restructuring and other expense
OPERATING PROFIT
Net finance costs
LOSS ON DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS BEFORE TAX
Income tax
NET LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The discontinued cash flow statement is presented below:

Cash flow from operating activities
Cash flow from investing activities
Cash flow from financing activities
Net change in cash and cash equivalents

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

2021
$M

2020
$M

$ 

$ 

0.1  $ 
(0.1)   
— 
—  $ 

0.3 
(0.3) 
— 
— 

Depreciation of $0.7m (2020: $1.1m) and impairments of $1.5m (2020: $nil) were incurred in respect of 
discontinued operations. There were no other significant non-cash items relating to discontinued operations.

12.  Property, plant and equipment

Freehold
$M

Long
leasehold
$M

Short
leasehold
$M

Plant and
equipment
$M

Capital 
Work in 
Progress
$M

Total
$M

Cost:

At January 1, 2020
Additions
Disposals
Transfers - Held for sale
Transfers
Exchange difference
At December 31, 2020
Additions
Business combinations
Disposals
Transfers 
Exchange difference
At December 31, 2021

47.8 
0.2 
— 
(5.8)   
2.0 
0.8 
45.0 
— 
— 
— 
0.2 
(0.4)   
44.8 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment:
At January 1, 2020
Provided during the year
Disposals 
Transfers - Held for sale
Exchange difference
At December 31, 2020
Provided during the year
Disposals
Exchange difference
At December 31, 2021
Net book values:
At December 31, 2021
At December 31, 2020
At January 1, 2020

31.2 
1.5 
— 
(3.4)   
0.5 
29.8 
1.3 
— 
(0.3)   
30.8 

14.0 
15.2 
16.6 

11.5 
0.1 
— 
(1.2)   
0.3 
0.1 
10.8 
— 
— 
(0.7)   
0.4 
— 
10.5 

7.5 
0.6 
— 
(1.2)   
0.1 
7.0 
0.5 
— 
— 
7.5 

3.0 
3.8 
4.0 

285.2 
2.0 
(2.9)   
(41.5)   
3.7 
6.7 
253.2 
0.6 
7.8 
(1.3)   
7.0 
(3.0)   

264.3 

219.9 
10.8 
(2.8)   
(36.0)   
5.8 
197.7 
12.0 
(1.9)   
(2.7)   

205.1 

59.2 
55.5 
65.3 

8.9 
4.8 
— 
— 
(6.1)   
0.1 
7.7 
8.3 
— 
— 
(7.7)   
(0.1)   
8.2 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

8.2 
7.7 
8.9 

362.2 
7.3 
(2.9) 
(48.5) 
— 
8.0 
326.1 
8.9 
7.8 
(2.0) 
— 
(3.6) 
337.2 

264.0 
13.4 
(2.8) 
(40.6) 
6.6 
240.6 
14.3 
(1.9) 
(3.1) 
249.9 

87.3 
85.5 
98.2 

8.8 
0.2 
— 
— 
0.1 
0.3 
9.4 
— 
— 
— 
0.1 
(0.1)   
9.4 

5.4 
0.5 
— 
— 
0.2 
6.1 
0.5 
— 
(0.1)   
6.5 

2.9 
3.3 
3.4 

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

13.  Intangible assets

Cost:

At January 1, 2020

Transfer to held-for-sale

Exchange difference

At December 31, 2020

Additions

Disposals

Exchange difference

At December 31, 2021

Accumulated amortization 
and impairment:

At January 1, 2020

Provided during the year

Transfer to held-for-sale

Exchange difference

At December 31, 2020

Provided during the year

Disposals

Exchange difference

At December 31, 2021

Net book values:

At December 31, 2021

At December 31, 2020

At January 1, 2020

Goodwill

Customer
related

Technology
and trading
related

Development
costs

Software

Total

$M

$M

$M

$M

$M

$M

78.4 

— 

1.5 

79.9 

— 

— 

(0.5)   

79.4 

20.5 

— 

— 

0.5 

21.0 

— 

— 

(0.1)   

20.9 

58.5 

58.9 

57.9 

13.4 

— 

— 

13.4 

1.8 

— 

— 

15.2 

4.7 

0.4 

— 

— 

5.1 

0.5 

— 

— 

5.6 

9.6 

8.3 

8.7 

8.5 

— 

0.3 

8.8 

— 

— 

(0.1)   

8.7 

3.7 

0.4 

— 

0.1 

4.2 

0.4 

— 

(0.1)   

4.5 

4.2 

4.6 

4.8 

5.4 

2.5 

  108.2 

(1.5)   

(0.5)   

(2.0) 

0.1 

4.0 

— 

— 

— 

4.0 

4.6 

0.2 

0.1 

2.0 

2.1 

  108.2 

— 

(0.3)   

— 

1.8 

(0.3) 

(0.6) 

1.8 

  109.1 

1.8 

0.3 

35.3 

1.3 

(1.2)   

(0.5)   

(1.7) 

0.2 

3.8 

0.2 

— 

— 

4.0 

— 

0.2 

0.8 

0.1 

1.7 

0.3 

(0.3)   

(0.1)   

1.6 

0.2 

0.4 

0.7 

0.9 

35.8 

1.4 

(0.3) 

(0.3) 

36.6 

72.5 

72.4 

72.9 

Customer  related  intangibles  include  customer  relationships,  order  backlogs  and  non-compete  agreements. 
Technology and trading related intangibles include technology, patents, trade names and trademarks.

Development  costs  include  $nil  (2020:  $0.2  million)  relating  to  internally  generated  intangible  assets,  all  other 
intangible assets are externally generated.

On March 15, 2021 the Company completed the acquisition of the Structural Composites Industries LLC ('SCI') 
business  of  Worthington  Industries,  Inc.,  based  in  Pomona,  California.  As  part  of  the  acquisition  $1.8m  of 
customer relationships were acquired. We have assessed the customer relationships to have a useful economic 
life of 15 years, amortization is charged on a straight line basis.

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

14.  Impairment of goodwill

Goodwill  acquired  in  a  business  combination  is  allocated,  at  acquisition,  to  the  cash-generating  units  (CGUs) 
that  are  expected  to  benefit  from  the  business  combination.  The  five  identified  CGUs  (Luxfer  Gas  Cylinders, 
Luxfer Superform, Luxfer MEL Technologies, Luxfer Magtech and Luxfer Graphic Arts) represent the lowest level 
within the Group at which goodwill is monitored for internal management reporting purposes. The five CGUs are 
aggregated  to  form  the  Group's  two  defined  reportable  segments:  Gas  Cylinders  Segment  and  Elektron 
Segment. Luxfer Superform forms part of the discontinued operations disclosure. The table below summarizes 
the carrying value of goodwill by segment:

At January 1, 2020

Exchange difference

At December 31, 2020

Exchange difference

At December 31, 2021

Gas Cylinders 
Segment

Elektron
Segment

$M

$M

Total

$M

19.2 

0.6 

19.8 

(0.2)   

19.6 

38.7 

0.4 

39.1 

(0.2)   

38.9 

57.9 

1.0 

58.9 

(0.4) 

58.5 

The  Gas  Cylinders  Segment  goodwill  of  $19.6  million  (2020:  $19.8  million)  relates  wholly  to  the  goodwill 
attributable to our Luxfer Gas Cylinders operations. The Elektron Segment goodwill of $38.9 million (2020: $39.1 
million)  included  goodwill  attributable  to  our  Luxfer  MEL  Technologies  operations  of  $5.4  million  (2020:  $5.4 
million)  and  goodwill  attributable  to  our  Luxfer  Magtech  operations  of  $33.6  million  (2020:  $33.7  million);  no 
goodwill  is  allocated  to  Luxfer  Graphic  Arts.  The  goodwill  figure  was  allocated  based  on  which  operating 
segments  historical  acquisitions  were  allocated  to  and  the  value  of  the  acquired  goodwill  on  those  historical 
acquisitions.

Goodwill  is  tested  at  least  annually  for  impairment  and  is  tested  for  impairment  more  frequently  if  events  or 
changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  asset  might  be  impaired.  Goodwill  is  tested  for  impairment  by 
measuring  the  recoverable  amount.  Consistent  with  previous  periods,  we  have  identified  value  in  use  to  be 
significantly in excess of the carrying amount of goodwill and therefore fair value has not been measured. 

In 2021, we have assessed for indicators of impairment and we have identified that no significant events have 
occurred since the value in use model prepared for the purpose of the 31 December 2020 annual report. As a 
result,  the  conclusions  reached  in  the  prior  year,  whereby  significant  headroom  above  carrying  amount  was 
identified,  remain  appropriate.  In  line  with  IAS  36,  paragraph  99,  the  impairment  model  has  not  been  re-
performed in 2021.

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. Investments

Shares in joint ventures

At January 1, 2020

Loan repayment 

Loan forgiveness 

Share of results

Disposal

Exchange difference

At December 31, 2020

Exchange difference

At December 31, 2021

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

$M

2.3 

— 

— 

(0.1) 

(1.7) 

— 

0.5 

(0.1) 

0.4 

Investment in joint ventures and associates

At  December  31,  2021,  the  Group  had  the  following  joint  venture  which  affect  the  profit  of  the  Group.  The 
Group's joint venture has share capital which consists solely of ordinary shares and are indirectly held, and the 
country of incorporation or registration is also their principal place of operation. 

Name of company

Nikkei-MEL Co. 
Limited

Country of
incorporation

Holding

Proportion of 
voting rights and 
shares held

Classification

Nature of
business

Japan Ordinary shares

 50.0 %

Joint venture Distribution

The above ownership percentage remains consistent with 2020.

In 2020, the Company sold its 51% investment in Luxfer Uttam India Private Limited to our joint venture partner 
for INR 137.4 million ($1.8 million) cash. Allowing for legal costs, we generated a profit on disposal of less than 
$0.1 million.

Sub161 Pty Limited, our Australian associate in which we held a 26% interest, was liquidated and deregistered 
as a legal entity in 2020.

The share of results of all joint ventures and associates was a result of $— million (2020: loss of $0.1 million), 
with no items recognized in other comprehensive income in 2021 or 2020.

The  Group  has  looked  in  detail  at  the  ownership  agreements  of  its  joint  ventures  and  associates  in  order  to 
determine the level of control that it has. The Group has determined that it has joint control of its joint ventures 
mainly  based  upon  the  number  of  members  on  each  company  board  of  directors  and  their  associated  voting 
rights. In relation to the associate undertaking, the Group has significant influence but not joint control based on 
the proportion of directors on the company board and associated voting rights. The Group therefore accounts for 
all material joint ventures and associates on an equity basis.

Related  party  transactions  with  joint  ventures  and  associates  have  been  disclosed  in  Note  33  to  the  Group's 
consolidated financial statements.

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16.  Inventories

Raw materials and consumables

Work in progress

Finished goods and goods for resale

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

December 31, 
2021

December 31, 
2020

$M

$M

39.2 

26.7 

24.5 

90.4 

26.2 

19.7 

22.9 

68.8 

Inventories above are disclosed net of any provisions for obsolete and excess inventories. The provision against 
obsolete  and  excess  inventories  at  December  31,  2021  was  $8.5  million  (2020:  $7.3  million).  The  cost  of 
inventories recognized as an expense in continuing operations during the year was $159.1 million (2020: $132.0 
million). The cost of inventories written-off during 2021 was $0.6 million (2020: $0.6 million).

17.  Trade and other receivables

Current Assets

Trade receivables

Amounts owed by joint ventures and associates

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

Derivative financial instruments

Deferred consideration

December 31, 
2021

December 31, 
2020

$M

$M

45.8 

— 

2.3 

8.4 

0.1 

1.0 

57.6 

33.6 

0.2 

3.4 

5.5 

0.2 

0.2 

43.1 

Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally on 30-90 day terms. Trade receivables above are 
disclosed  net  of  any  provisions  for  doubtful  receivables  of  $0.7  million  due  to  credit  risk.  The  following  table 
provides information about the exposure to credit risk and expected credit losses for trade receivables (including 
amounts owed by joint ventures and associates) as at December 31, 2021 based on aging profile:

Trade receivables and amounts owed by joint 
ventures and associates

%

$M

$M

Default rate (1)

Gross 
carrying 
amount

Lifetime 
expected 
credit loss

Current (not past due)

1-30 days past due

31-60 days past due

61-90 days past due

91-120 days past due

> 120 days past due

 — %  

 — %  

 — %  

 1.5 %  

 15.0 %  

 100.0 %  

34.3 

9.1 

2.0 

0.3 

0.2 

0.6 

46.5 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.1 

0.6 

0.7 

(1) Default rate is applied to uninsured trade receivables and amounts owed by joint ventures and associates.

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2021, trade receivables with a nominal value of $0.7 million (2020: $0.5 million) were impaired 
and fully provided for. Movements in the provision for impairment of trade receivables and amounts owed by joint 
ventures and associates were as follows:

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

At January 1

Charge in the year

Recoveries for expected credit losses

Exchange difference

At December 31

18  Held-for-sale assets and liabilities

2021

$M

2020

$M

0.5 

0.4 

(0.1)   

(0.1)   

0.7 

1.3 

— 

(0.7) 

(0.1) 

0.5 

In 2020, the Group classified its Superform aluminum superplastic forming business operating from sites in the 
U.S.  and  the  U.K,  and  its  U.S.  aluminum  gas  cylinder  business  as  assets  and  liabilities  held-for-sale  in 
accordance  with  IFRS  5  -  Discontinued  Operations.  The  criteria  required  by  IFRS  5  continues  to  be  met  and 
therefore the Superform business continues to be classified as held-for-sale.

There  was  also  one  building  valued  at  $3.7  million,  within  our  Elektron  Segment  classified  as  held-for-sale 
assets,  previously  included  within  current  assets. The  building  was  also  classified  as  held-for-sale  in  2020,  as 
the expectation was that the building would be sold within 12 months. There are conditions attached to the sale 
which the Company expects to be met in 2022 and as such the building continues to be classified as held-for-
sale.

The respective assets and liabilities of the above disposal groups have been reclassified as held-for-sale within 
other current assets and other current liabilities per the table below.

Reclassified to held-for-sale assets and liabilities

$M

$M

December 31, 
2021

December 31, 
2020

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Right-of-use assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Held-for-sale assets

Reclassified to held-for-sale liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease liability

Other liabilities

Held-for-sale liabilities

3.7 

— 

— 

2.8 

2.1 

8.6 

0.8 

0.3 

0.4 

1.5 

11.6 

0.3 

3.0 

12.6 

8.7 

36.2 

6.9 

3.1 

1.0 

11.0 

As a result of items reclassified to held-for-sale, there has been no reclassification of items from other
comprehensive income to the consolidated income statement.

During the year, our U.S. aluminum gas cylinder business and our Superform U.K. business were sold, resulting 
in decreases in held for sale assets and liabilities of $24.6m and $8.3m respectively. Please see note 11 for 
further details.

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19.  Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

December 31, 
2021

December 31, 
2020

$M

$M

6.4 

6.4 

1.5 

1.5 

Included within the cash at bank and in hand balance is $0.2 million (2020: less than $0.1 million) cash held in 
escrow, as restricted cash.

20. Share capital
(a) Ordinary share capital

December 31, 
2021

December 31, 
2020

December 31, 
2021

December 31, 
2020

No.

No.

$M

$M

Authorized:

Ordinary shares of £0.50 each

40,000,000 

40,000,000 

35.7  (1)

35.7  (1)

Deferred ordinary shares of 

£0.0001 each

Allotted, called up and fully paid:

 761,835,318,444 

 761,835,338,444 

 761,875,318,444 

 761,875,338,444 

149.9  (1)

185.6  (1)

149.9  (1)

185.6  (1)

Ordinary shares of £0.50 each

28,944,000 

29,000,000 

26.5  (1)

26.6  (1)

Deferred ordinary shares of 

£0.0001 each

 765,835,318,444 

 761,835,338,444 

 765,864,262,444 

 761,864,338,444 

149.9  (1)

176.4  (1)

149.9  (1)

176.5  (1)

(1)

The Group's ordinary and deferred share capital are shown in U.S. dollars at the exchange rate 
prevailing at the month end spot rate at the time of the share capital being issued. 

The rights of the shares are as follows:

Ordinary shares of £0.50 each

The ordinary shares carry no entitlement to an automatic dividend but rank pari passu in respect of any dividend 
declared and paid. The ordinary shares were allotted and issued to satisfy share awards which vested under the 
Group's share award and share incentive plans.

At December 31, 2021, there were 27,529,824 (2020: 27,636,153) ordinary shares of Luxfer Holdings PLC listed 
on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). 

Deferred ordinary shares of £0.0001 each

The deferred shares have no entitlement to dividends or to vote. On a winding up (but not otherwise) the holders 
of the deferred shares shall be entitled to the repayment of the paid up nominal amount of the deferred shares, 
but only after any payment to the holders of ordinary shares of an amount equal to 100 times the amount paid up 
on such ordinary shares.

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b) Share premium account

At January 1, 2020

Shares sold from ESOP

Utilization of shares 

At December 31, 2020
Utilization of shares 

Cancellation of shares

At December 31, 2021

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

$M

74.5 

0.8 

1.8 

77.1 
3.2 

(0.6) 

79.7 

The share premium account is used to record the excess of proceeds over nominal value on the issue of shares. 
Share issue costs directly related to the issue of shares are deducted from share premium.

(c)  Treasury shares

January 1, 2020 and December 31, 2020

Utilisation of treasury shares

Repurchase of own shares

Cancellation of ordinary shares

At December 31, 2021

$M

(4.0) 

0.1 

(6.4) 

0.7 

(9.6) 

In June 2021, the Board announced a share buy-back program. As a result, in 2021, the Company purchased 
297,678 total shares for $6.4 million. Of the 297,678 shares repurchased in the year, 56,000 at $0.7 million have 
been cancelled. 16,395 shares were utilized at $0.1 million, with the remaining 225,283 retained within Treasury 
shares.

At December 31, 2021, there were 575,618 (2020: 350,335) treasury shares held at a cost of $9.6 million (2020: 
$4.0 million). 

(d) Own shares held by ESOP

At January 1, 2020

Shares sold from ESOP

At December 31, 2020

Utilisation of ESOP shares

At December 31, 2021

$M

(1.7) 

0.3 

(1.4) 

0.3 

(1.1) 

At December 31, 2021, there were 838,558 ordinary shares of £0.50 each (2020: 1,013,512 ordinary shares of 
£0.50 each) held by The Luxfer Group Employee Share Ownership Plan (the "ESOP"). 

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

21. Dividends paid and proposed

Dividends declared and paid during the year:

Interim dividend paid February 5, 2020 ( $0.125 per ordinary share)

Interim dividend paid May 6, 2020 ($0.125 per ordinary share)

Interim dividend paid August 5, 2020 ($0.125 per ordinary share)

Interim dividend paid November 4, 2020 ($0.125 per ordinary share)

Interim dividend paid February 4, 2021 ( $0.125 per ordinary share)

Interim dividend paid May 5, 2021 ($0.125 per ordinary share)

Interim dividend paid August 4, 2021 ($0.125 per ordinary share)

Interim dividend paid November 2, 2021 ($0.125 per ordinary share)

Dividends declared and paid after December 31 (not recognized as a liability at 
December 31):

Interim dividend paid February 4, 2021: ($0.125 per ordinary share)

Interim dividend paid May 5, 2021: ($0.125 per ordinary share)

Interim dividend paid February 2, 2022: ($0.125 per ordinary share)

Interim dividend to be paid May 4, 2022: ($0.13 per ordinary share)

2021

$M

2020

$M

— 

— 

— 

— 

3.4 

3.4 

3.4 

3.4 

3.4 

3.4 

3.4 

3.4 

— 

— 

— 

— 

13.6 

13.6 

2021

$M

2020

$M

— 

— 

3.4 

3.6 

7.0 

3.4 

3.4 

— 

— 

6.8 

22. Bank and other loans

Loan Notes due 2023—gross

Unamortized finance costs

Loan Notes due 2023—net

Loan Notes due 2026—gross

Unamortized finance costs

Loan Notes due 2026—net

Revolving credit facility—gross

Unamortized finance costs

Revolving credit facility—net

Included in non-current liabilities

December 31, 
2021

December 31, 
2020

$M

$M

25.0 

— 

25.0 

25.0 

(0.3)   

24.7 

10.8 

(0.9)   

9.9 

59.6 

59.6 

59.6 

25.0 

— 

25.0 

25.0 

(0.3) 

24.7 

4.1 

(0.7) 

3.4 

53.1 

53.1 

53.1 

In  May  2021,  we  reduced  our  revolving  credit  facility  ("RCF")  from  $150  million  to  $100  million  to  reflect  the 
Company's scaled back funding requirements. In October 2021, a new Senior Facilities Agreement ("SFA") was 
agreed which provides $100 million in committed debt facilities, taking the form of a multi-currency RCF, with an 
additional  $50  million  of  uncommitted  facilities  through  an  accordion  provision,  a  provision  that  allows  the 
Company to expand the maximum amount allowed on the line of credit. The previous SFA was due to mature in 
July 2022, but has been replaced by the new agreement which will mature in October 2026.

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

The SFA bears interest equal to an applicable margin, based upon the Company's leverage, plus either
EURIBOR, in the case of amounts drawn in euros, or SONIA (Sterling Overnight Index Average), in the case of
amounts drawn in GBP sterling or U.S. dollars. The weighted-average interest rate on the RCF was 1.70% and
2.19% in 2021 and 2020, respectively.

23.  Provisions

Rationalization
and
redundancy

Employee
benefits

Environmental
provisions

$M

$M

$M

Total

$M

At January 1, 2020

Charged to consolidated income statement

Translation

Cash payments

At December 31, 2020

Charged to consolidated income statement

Cash payments

Translation

At December 31, 2021

At December 31, 2021

Included in current liabilities

Included in non-current liabilities

At December 31, 2020

Included in current liabilities

Included in non-current liabilities

8.2 

6.9 

0.7 

(4.9)   

10.9 

5.1 

(3.5)   

(1.0)   

11.5 

11.5 

— 

11.5 

10.9 

— 

10.9 

0.9 

0.1 

— 

— 

1.0 

0.6 

— 

— 

1.6 

— 

1.6 

1.6 

— 

1.0 

1.0 

2.2 

  11.3 

0.4 

— 

7.4 

0.7 

(1.5)   

(6.4) 

1.1 

  13.0 

0.4 

6.1 

(0.7)   

(4.2) 

— 

(1.0) 

0.8 

  13.9 

0.8 

  12.3 

— 

1.6 

0.8 

  13.9 

1.1 

  12.0 

— 

1.0 

1.1 

  13.0 

Rationalization and redundancy
At December 31, 2021, the Group had $11.5 million of provisions relating to redundancy and the rationalization 
of its operations (2020: $10.9 million).

Employee benefits 
At  December  31,  2021,  the  Group  had  $1.6  million  of  employee  benefit  liabilities  (in  addition  to  retirement 
benefits), as calculated on an actuarial basis, relating to a provision for workers' compensation in the U.S. (2020: 
$1.0 million).

Environmental provisions
At  December  31,  2021,  the  Group  had  environmental  provisions  totaling  $0.8  million  relating  to  environmental 
clean-up costs (2020: $1.1 million).

104

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

24.  Deferred income taxes

Accelerated
tax
depreciation

Other
temporary
differences

$M

$M

Tax
losses

$M

Retirement
benefit
obligations

$M

Total

$M

At January 1, 2020

(3.1)   

3.9 

8.9 

5.8 

  15.5 

(Charged) / credited  to consolidated 
income statement
(Charged) / credited to other 
comprehensive income

Transfer to assets held for sale

Exchange difference

At December 31, 2020

(Charged) / credited to consolidated 
income statement

0.7 

— 

0.6 

— 

(1.8)   

(2.2)   

(2.6)   

0.1 

(4.0) 

— 

— 

0.1 

1.8 

— 

— 

0.2 

6.5 

3.7 

— 

0.3 

3.7 

0.6 

0.6 

9.9 

  16.4 

(1.0)   

(0.3)   

3.9 

(3.8)   

(1.2) 

Charged to other comprehensive income  

Transfer from liabilities held for sale

— 

(0.9)   

Exchange difference

At December 31, 2021

— 

— 

— 

— 

(0.1)   

(0.1)   

(9.8)   

(9.8) 

— 

0.1 

(0.9) 

(0.1) 

(3.6)   

4.4 

(3.7)   

1.4 

10.3 

The  amount  of  deferred  income  taxes  accounted  for  in  the  Group  balance  sheet,  after  the  offset  of  balances 
within  countries  for  financial  reporting  purposes,  comprised  the  following  deferred  income  tax  assets  and 
liabilities: 

Deferred income tax liabilities

Deferred income tax assets

Net deferred income tax assets

December 31, 
2021

December 31, 
2020

$M

$M

(2.7)   

7.1 

4.4 

(2.8) 

19.2 

16.4 

In March 2021 an increase in the U.K. corporation tax rate from 19% to 25% was announced, effective from April 
1, 2023. Deferred tax liabilities and assets which are expected to unwind after April 1, 2023 have been revalued 
at 25%. Gains and losses arising from revaluation have been recognized in the consolidated income statement.                                                          

The 2020 deferred tax charge includes a non-cash accounting adjustment in respect of previous years of $0.8 
million, which predominantly results from a re-evaluation of the availability of historic tax losses to offset future 
taxable profits.                                     

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25. Trade and other payables

Non-current Liabilities

Accruals and deferred income

Current Liabilities

Trade payables

Other taxation and social security

Accruals and deferred income

Interest payable

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

December 31, 
2021

December 31, 
2020

$M

$M

1.3 

1.3 

30.8 

1.1 

32.4 

0.3 

64.6 

0.1 

0.1 

18.1 

0.5 

22.8 

0.3 

41.7 

The directors consider that the carrying value of trade payables approximates to their fair value.

106

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Land and 
buildings

$M

Motor vehicles

Equipment

$M

$M

Total

$M

16.4   

—   

—   

(4.8)  

0.3   

11.9   

4.0   

2.6   

18.5   

3.0   

2.9   
—   

(2.0)  

0.2   

4.1   

2.5   

0.5   

7.1   

11.4   

7.8  

0.2   

—   

—   

(0.1)  

—   

0.1   

—   

—   

0.1   

0.1   

—   
—   

—   

—   

0.1   

—   

—   

0.1   

—   

— 

1.6   

0.8   

(0.1)  

(0.2)  

0.1   

2.2   

0.1   

—   

2.3   

0.6   

0.4   
(0.1)  

(0.1)  

—   

0.8   

0.3   

—   

1.1   

1.2   

1.4

18.2 

0.8 

(0.1) 

(5.1) 

0.4 

14.2 

4.1 

2.6 

20.9 

3.7 

3.3 
(0.1) 

(2.1) 

0.2 

5.0 

2.8 

0.5 

8.3 

12.6 

9.2

26. Leases

Right-of-use assets

Cost:

At January 1, 2020

Additions

Disposals

Transfer to held-for-sale

Exchange difference

At December 31, 2020

Additions

Transfer from held-for-sale

At December 31, 2021

Accumulated depreciation:

At January 1, 2020

Charge for the year
Disposals

Transfer to held-for-sale

Exchange difference

At December 31, 2020

Charge for the year

Transfer from held-for-sale

At December 31, 2021

Net book values:

At December 31, 2021

At December 31, 2020

Lease liability

The present value of lease liabilities is as follows:

Within 12 months
1 - 5 years

> 5 years

Total

December 31, 
2021

December 31, 
2020

$M

$M

$ 

$ 

2.3 
6.5 

4.0 

12.8 

2.1 
4.1 

3.5 

9.7 

The total cash outflow for leases in 2021 was $2.9 million (2020: $3.7 million) and total expense was $3.4 million 
(2020: $4.2 million). 

Supplemental balance sheet information

Weighted average remaining lease terms (years)
Weighted average discount rate

December 31, 
2021

December 31, 
2020

17.2 
 4.38 %

21.9 
 4.43 %

107

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

27. Commitments and contingencies

Capital commitments

At December 31, 2021, the Group had capital expenditure commitments of $1.5 million (2020: $1.1 million) for 
the acquisition of new plant and equipment.

Committed banking facilities

The Company refinanced in October 2021, see Note 22 for details of the refinance. 

At December 31, 2021 the Company had committed banking facilities of $100.0 million with an additional $50.0 
million of uncommitted facilities through an accordion provision. Of these committed facilities, $10.8 million was 
drawn at December 31, 2021.

At December 31, 2020, the Company had committed banking facilities of $150.0 million with an additional
$50.0 million of uncommitted facilities through an accordion provision. Of the committed facilities, $4.1 million
was drawn at December 31, 2020.

Contingencies

During February 2014, a cylinder was sold to a long-term customer and ruptured at one of their gas facilities. As 
a result of this rupture, three people were noted to have injuries, such as loss of hearing. There was no major 
damage  to  assets  of  the  customer.  A  claim  has  been  launched  by  the  three  people  who  were  injured  in  the 
incident.  We  have  reviewed  our  quality  control  checks  from  around  the  time  which  the  cylinder  was  produced 
and no instances of failures have been noted. It has also been noted by the investigator that the customer has 
poor quality and safety checks. In November 2021, during the final hearing, the Court found the representative of 
Luxfer  Gas  Cylinders  Limited,  not  guilty  and  thus  the  Company  was  found  not  liable.  The  Civil  case  is  still 
ongoing but as a result of the above, we do not believe that we are liable for the incident, and therefore, do not 
currently expect this case to have a material impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

In November 2018, an alleged explosion occurred at a third-party waste disposal and treatment site in Boise, 
Idaho, reportedly causing property damage, personal injury, and one fatality. We had contracted with a service 
company for removal and disposal of certain waste resulting from the magnesium powder manufacturing 
operations at the Reade facility in Manchester, New Jersey. We believe this service company, in turn, apparently 
contracted with the third-party disposal company, at whose facility the explosion occurred, for treatment and 
disposal of the waste. In November 2020, we were named as a defendant in three lawsuits in relation to the 
incident – one by the third-party disposal company, one by the estate of the decedent, and one by an injured 
employee of the third-party disposal company. At present, we have received insufficient information on the cause 
of the explosion. We do not believe that we are liable for the incident, have asserted such, and, therefore, do not 
currently expect this matter to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of 
operations.

28. Financial risk management objectives and policies

The  Group's  financial  instruments  comprise  bank  and  other  loans,  senior  loan  notes,  derivatives  and  trade 
payables.  Other  than  derivatives,  the  main  purpose  of  these  financial  instruments  is  to  raise  finance  for  the 
Group's operations. The Group also has various financial assets such as trade receivables and cash and cash 
equivalents, which arise directly from its operations.

A  Treasury  Committee,  chaired  by  the  Chief  Financial  Officer,  oversees  the  implementation  of  the  Group's 
hedging  policies,  including  the  risk  management  of  currency  and  aluminum  risks  and  the  use  of  derivative 
financial instruments.

It is not the Group's policy or business activity to trade in derivatives. They are only used to hedge underlying 
risks occurring as part of the Group's normal operating activities.

The main risks arising from the Group's financial instruments are cash flow interest rate risk, liquidity risk, foreign 
currency translation and transaction risk, aluminum price risk and credit risk on trade receivables.

The  Group  regularly  enters  into  forward  currency  contracts  to  manage  currency  risks  and  when  considered 
suitable will use other financial derivatives to manage commodity and interest rate risks.

108

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Interest rate risk

The  Group  has  exposure  to  variable  interest  rates  when  it  draws  down  on  the  revolving  credit  facilities. As  a 
result of this exposure, the Group may decide to hedge interest payable based on a combination of forward rate 
agreements,  interest  rate  caps  and  swaps.  It  has  also  used  fixed  rate  debt  within  its  financing  structure  to 
mitigate volatility in interest rate movements.

Liquidity risk

To  understand  and  monitor  cash  flows,  the  Group  uses  a  combination  of  a  short-term  rolling  six  week  cash 
forecast,  based  on  expected  daily  liquidity  requirements  and  longer  term  monthly  rolling  forecasts,  covering 
forecast periods of between 6 and 18 months forward. The Group also prepares, at least annually, a longer-term 
strategic  cash  forecast.  Together  this  system  of  control  is  used  to  ensure  the  Group  can  fund  its  ongoing 
operations,  including  working  capital,  capital  expenditure  and  interest  payments  and  to  ensure  that  bank 
covenant  targets  will  be  met.  Short  and  medium  term  changes  in  liquidity  needs  are  funded  from  the  Group's 
revolving  bank  facility,  as  disclosed  in  Note  22,  which  provides  the  ability  to  draw  down  and  repay  funds  on  a 
daily  basis.  In  monitoring  liquidity  requirements  and  planning  its  working  capital  and  capital  expenditure 
programs, the Group aims to maintain a sufficiently prudent level of headroom against its banking facilities and 
forecast covenant position as protection against any unexpected or sudden market shocks.

The Group also uses forecasts to manage the compliance with any associated covenant tests in relation to the 
Group's  financing  arrangements.  The  Group  is  subject  to  maintaining  net  debt  to  adjusted  EBITDA  levels  of 
below three times, adjusted EBITDA to net interest above four times, and a number of other debt service tests 
which include adjusted EBITDA, taxation, capital expenditure and pension payments.

The  Group  has  been  in  compliance  with  the  covenants  under  the  Loan  Notes  due  2023  and  2026  and  the 
banking facilities throughout all of the quarterly measurement dates.

The  maturity  of  the  Group's  liabilities  is  also  monitored  to  ensure  sufficient  funds  remain  available  to  meet 
liabilities as they fall due. The table below summarizes the maturity profile of the Group's financial liabilities at 
December 31, based on contractual payments.

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

Within 
12 
months

$M

1-5 
years

$M

> 5 
years

$M

Total

$M

Within 
12 
months

$M

— 

— 

— 

2.4 

30.8 

32.4 

0.3 

2.8 

25.0 

25.0 

10.8 

6.4 

— 

1.3 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

4.0 

— 

— 

— 

— 

25.0 

25.0 

10.8 

12.8 

30.8 

33.7 

0.3 

2.8 

— 

— 

— 

2.1 

18.1 

22.8 

0.3 

0.5 

1-5 
years

$M

25.0 

— 

4.1 

4.1 

— 

0.1 

— 

— 

> 5 
years

$M

Total

$M

— 

25.0 

— 

3.5 

— 

— 

— 

— 

25.0 

25.0 

4.1 

9.7 

18.1 

22.9 

0.3 

0.5 

68.7 

68.5 

4.0 

  141.2 

43.8 

33.3 

28.5 

  105.6 

Loan Notes due 2023

Loan Notes due 2026

Revolving credit facility

Lease liability

Trade payables

Accruals and deferred income

Interest payable

Current income tax

109

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  table  below  summarizes  the  maturity  profile  of  the  Group's  financial  liabilities  at  December  31  based  on 
contractual  undiscounted  payments.  Interest  rates  on  the  Group's  variable  rate  debt  have  been  based  on  a 
forward curve.

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Undiscounted contractual maturity of financial liabilities:

Amounts payable:

Within 12 months

1-5 years

> 5 years

Less: future finance charges

Capital risk management

December 31, 
2021

December 31, 
2020

$M

$M

71.7 

50.7 

35.3 

157.7 

(16.5)   

141.2 

46.6 

41.1 

34.1 

121.8 

(16.2) 

105.6 

The capital structure of the Group consists of shareholders' equity, debt and cash and cash equivalents. For the 
foreseeable  future,  the  Board  will  maintain  a  capital  structure  that  supports  the  Group's  strategic  objectives 
through:

• Managing funding and liquidity;

• Optimizing shareholder return; and

• Maintaining a strong, investment-grade credit rating

The  Group  monitors  its  adjusted  EBITDA,  for  continuing  activities  to  net  debt  ratio,  adjusted  net  income  and 
adjusted diluted earnings per share in its primary GAAP, that being US GAAP. These KPIs and reconciliations to 
GAAP measures can be found in our Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on February 24, 2022.

Credit risk

The  Group  only  provides  trade  credit  to  creditworthy  third  parties.  Credit  checks  are  performed  on  new  and 
existing  customers  along  with  monitoring  payment  histories  of  customers.  Outstanding  receivables  from 
customers  are  closely  monitored  to  ensure  they  are  paid  when  due,  with  both  outstanding  overdue  days  and 
total days of sales outstanding reported as a business unit key performance measure. Where possible sales are 
also protected through the use of credit insurance. At December 31, 2021, the Group has a provision for bad and 
doubtful  debtors  of  $0.7  million  (2020:  $0.5  million)  and  $0.4  million  (2020:  nil)  has  been  charged  to  the 
consolidated income statement in relation to bad debts recognised in 2021.

The analysis of trade receivables that were past due but not impaired is as follows:

Neither past 
due nor 
impaired
$M

< 31 
days
$M

Total
$M

Past due but not impaired
61-90 
31-60 
days
days 
$M
$M

91-120 
days
$M

> 120 
days
$M

At December 31, 2021  

At December 31, 2020  

45.8 

33.6 

34.3 

29.0 

9.1 

3.7 

2.0 

0.7 

0.3 

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

— 

— 

The Group also monitors the spread of its customer base with the objective of trying to minimize exposure at a 
Group and segment level to any one customer. The top 10 customers in 2021 represented 32% (2020: 35%) of 
total revenue. There were no customers in 2021 or 2020 that represented over 10% of total revenue.

110

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Exchange rate risks

The  largest  risk  is  from  our  operations  in  the  U.K.,  which  in  2021  generated  sales  revenue  of  $161.3  million 
(2020: $153.5m). Fluctuations in exchange rates, particularly between the U.S. dollar and GBP sterling (which 
has  been  subject  to  significant  fluctuations),  can  have  a  material  effect  on  our  consolidated  income  statement 
and consolidated balance sheet. In 2021, movements in the average U.S. dollar exchange rate had a positive 
impact on revenue of $9.5 million; in 2020, movements in the average U.S. dollar exchange rate had a positive 
impact on revenue of $0.3 million. Changes in translation exchange rates decreased net assets by $0.8 million in 
2021, compared to an increase of $2.9 million in 2020.

Commodity price risks

The Group is exposed to a number of commodity price risks, including primary aluminum, magnesium, rare earth 
chemicals, zircon sand and other zirconium basic compounds. All have been subject to substantial increases in 
recent  years.  Historically  the  two  largest  exposures  to  the  Group  have  been  the  prices  of  aluminum  and 
magnesium.

In the long-term, the Group has sought to recover the cost of increased commodity costs through price increases 
and surcharges. 

The Group purchases various rare earth chemicals which it uses in the production of various materials produced 
by  its  Elektron  Segment  and  when  these  chemicals  became  subject  to  significant  price  volatility  it  used 
surcharges on its products to maintain its product margins.

29. Financial instruments

The following disclosures relating to financial instruments have been prepared on a basis which excludes short-
term debtors and creditors which have resulted from the Group's operating activities.

(a) Financial instruments of the Group

The  financial  instruments  of  the  Group  other  than  short-term  debtors  and  creditors  and  non-current  derivative 
financial instruments were as follows:

Financial instruments - 
measured at amortized cost

Financial assets:

Cash at bank and in hand
Financial liabilities(1):
Loan Notes due 2023(2)
Loan Notes due 2026(2)

Revolving credit facility

Book value
December 31, 
2021
$M

Fair value
December 31, 
2021
$M

Book value
December 31, 
2020
$M

Fair value
December 31, 
2020
$M

6.4 

25.0 

25.0 

10.8 

6.4 

25.0 

25.0 

10.8 

1.5 

25.0 

25.0 

4.1 

1.5 

25.3 

26.0 

4.1 

(1)

(2)

The financial instruments included in financial liabilities are shown gross of unamortised finance costs. 
The fair value of these financial instruments is calculated by discounting the future cash flows, including 
interest payments due.

All financial assets mature within one year. The maturity of the financial liabilities is disclosed in Note 28.

At  December  31,  2021,  the  amount  drawn  in  bank  and  other  loans  was  $60.8  million  (2020:  $54.1  million),  of 
which $50.0 million was denominated in U.S. dollars (2020: $50.0 million) with the remainder being denominated 
in GBP sterling.

Derivative financial instruments -  
measured at fair value through profit or 
loss

Held to hedge purchases and sales by trading 
businesses:

Book value
December 
31, 2021

Fair value Book value
December 
December 
31, 2020
31, 2021

Fair value
December 
31, 2020

$M

$M

$M

$M

Forward foreign currency exchange rate contracts  

0.1 

0.1 

(0.2)   

(0.2) 

111

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

29. Financial instruments (continued)

The fair value calculations were performed on the following basis:

Cash at bank and in hand / overdrafts

The carrying value approximates to the fair value as a result of the short-term maturity of the instruments. 

Bank loans

At  December  31,  2021,  bank  and  other  loans  of  $60.8  million  (2020:  $54.1  million)  were  outstanding.  At 
December  31,  2021,  bank  and  other  loans  are  shown  net  of  issue  costs  of  $1.2  million  (2020:  $1  million)  and 
these  issue  costs  are  to  be  amortised  to  the  expected  maturity  of  the  facilities. At  December  31,  2021,  $10.8 
million  (2020:  $4.1  million)  of  the  total  $60.8  million  (2020:  $54.1  million)  bank  and  other  loans  was  variable 
interest rate debt and subject to floating interest rate risk, with the remainder being fixed rate debt.

Forward foreign currency exchange rate contracts

The fair value of these contracts was calculated by determining what the Group would be expected to receive or 
pay on termination of each individual contract by comparison to present market prices.

Fair value hierarchy

At  December  31,  2021  and  December  31,  2020,  the  Group  used  the  following  hierarchy  for  determining  and 
disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation technique:

Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level  2:  other  techniques  for  which  all  inputs  which  have  a  significant  effect  on  the  recorded  fair  value  are 
observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3: techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based 
on observable market data.

December 31, 
2021

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

$M

$M

$M

$M

Net derivative financial (assets) / liabilities at 
fair value through profit or loss:

Forward foreign currency exchange rate contracts  

Interest bearing loans and borrowings:

Loan Notes due 2023

Loan Notes due 2026

Revolving credit facility

0.1 

25.0 

25.0 

10.8 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.1 

25.0 

25.0 

10.8 

— 

— 

— 

— 

December 31, 
2020

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

$M

$M

$M

$M

Net derivative financial (assets) / liabilities at 
fair value through profit or loss:

Forward foreign currency exchange rate contracts  

Interest bearing loans and borrowings:

0

Loan Notes due 2023

Loan Notes due 2026

Revolving credit facility

0

0.2 

— 

25.0 

25.0 

0

— 

— 

— 

— 

0

0.2 

— 

25.0 

25.0 

— 

— 

— 

— 

112

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

During the year ended December 31, 2021, there were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 fair 
value measurements.

The following table presents the changes in Level 3 instruments for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Balance at January 1

Payments made during year

Remeasurement of deferred consideration

Balance at December 31

Total (gains) / losses for the year included in profit and loss 

2020

$M

0.5 

(0.4) 

(0.1) 

— 

(0.1) 

The  deferred  contingent  consideration  related  to  estimations  of  amounts  payable  in  the  future  regarding 
acquisitions made in prior years. This was based upon an estimate of the future profitability of the businesses 
versus targets agreed upon as part of the acquisitions.

(b) Financial instruments of the Group

Interest rate risk profile on financial assets

This  table  shows  the  Group's  financial  assets  at  December  31,  which  are  cash  and  cash  equivalents.  These 
assets are all subject to floating interest rate risk.

Cash by currency:

U.S. dollar

GBP sterling

Euro

Chinese renminbi

Canadian dollar

December 31, 
2021

December 31, 
2020

$M

$M

(1.6)   

(1.6) 

5.3 

0.1 

1.2 

1.4 

6.4 

1.0 

0.2 

1.7 

0.2 

1.5 

The Group earns interest on cash balances through either deposit accounts or placing funds on money markets 
at  short-term  fixed  rates.  In  all  cases,  with  the  exception  of  the  restricted  cash,  interest  earned  is  at 
approximately ICELIBOR rates during the year. 

Interest rate risk profile on financial liabilities

The following table sets out the carrying value, by original maturity, of the Group's financial instruments that were 
exposed to both fixed and variable interest rate risk. The carrying values include interest payments to be made 
forward  curve.
and 

rate  debt  have  been  based  on  a 

the  Group's  variable 

rates  on 

interest 

113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

Within 
12 
months

$M

1-5 
years

$M

> 5 
years

$M

Total

$M

Within 
12 
months

$M

1-5 
years

$M

> 5 
years

$M

Total

$M

Floating interest rate 
risk:

Revolving credit facility 
(including interest 
payments)

Fixed interest rate risk:

Loan Notes due 2023 
(including interest 
payments)

Loan Notes due 2026 
(including interest 
payments)

— 

10.9 

— 

10.9 

— 

4.2 

— 

4.2 

1.2 

26.8 

— 

28.0 

1.2 

26.8 

— 

28.0 

1.3 

2.5 

5.0 

42.7 

25.6 

25.6 

31.9 

70.8 

1.2 

2.4 

4.9 

35.9 

25.6 

25.6 

31.7 

63.9 

Hedging activities

Forward foreign currency exchange contracts

The Group utilizes forward foreign currency exchange contracts to hedge significant future transactions and cash 
flows  to  manage  its  exchange  rate  exposures.  The  contracts  purchased  are  primarily  denominated  in  GBP 
sterling, U.S. dollars, Euros and Australian dollars. The Group is also exposed to a number of other currencies 
like Japanese yen and Canadian dollars with hedges against these on a more ad hoc basis, when exposures are 
more significant.

At  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  the  Group  held  various  forward  foreign  currency  exchange  contracts 
designated as hedges in respect of forward sales for U.S. dollars, euros, Canadian dollars and Japanese yen for 
the  receipt  of  GBP  sterling  or  euros.  The  Company  also  held  forward  foreign  currency  exchange  contracts 
designated  as  hedges  in  respect  of  forward  purchases  for  U.S.  dollars,  euros,  Canadian  dollars,  Australian 
dollars and Chinese yuan by the sale of GBP sterling. The contract totals in GBP sterling and euros, range of 
maturity  dates  and  range  of  exchange  rates  are  disclosed  below,  with  the  value  denominated  in  GBP  sterling, 
given that it is the currency the majority of the contracts are held in. 

Sales hedges
Contract totals/£m
Maturity dates

Exchange rates

Purchase hedges
Contract totals/£m
Maturity dates

Exchange rates

Sales hedges
Contract totals/£m
Maturity dates

Exchange rates

U.S. dollars
5.0
01/22 to 03/22

December 31, 2021
Euros
9.8
01/22 to 03/22

$1.3455 to $1.3788

€1.1697 to €1.1906

Japanese Yen
0.1
01/22 to 03/22
¥155.2443 to 
¥156.6793

U.S. dollars

Euros

Canadian 
dollars

Australian 
dollars

Chinese 
yuan

4.5 

3.5 
01/22 to 04/22 01/22 to 02/22
€1.1812 to 
€1.1662

$1.3451 to 
$1.3781

7.5 
01/22
$1.7172 to 
$1.6762

0.9
01/22

1.5
03/22

$1.8598

¥8.6126

December 31, 2020

U.S. dollars

Euros

11.1 
01/21 to 03/21 01/21 to 04/21

3.0 

$1.3045 to 
$1.3667

€1.0917 to 
€1.1181

Japanese 
Yen

Canadian 
dollars

0.1 
01/21

0.1 
01/21

 ¥136.8910

$1.7409

114

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Purchase hedges
Contract totals/£m
Maturity dates

U.S. dollars

Euros

1.7 
01/21 to 04/21 01/21 to 02/21

4.8 

Canadian 
dollars

Australian 
dollars

Chinese 
yuan

9.4 
01/21

0.9 
01/21

0.9 
03/21

Exchange rates

$1.3046 to 
$1.3667

€1.1065 to 
€1.0944

$1.7409 to 
$1.7201

$1.7729

¥8.9184

Foreign currency translation risk disclosures

Exchange gains and losses arising on the translation of the Group's non-U.S. assets and liabilities are classified 
as equity and transferred to the Group's translation reserve. In 2021, a loss of $0.9 million (2020: gain of $2.9 
million) was recognized in translation reserves.

(c) Undrawn committed facilities

The Company refinanced in October 2021, see Note 22 for details of the refinance. 

At December 31, 2021 the Company had committed banking facilities of $100.0 million with an additional $50.0 
million of uncommitted facilities through an accordion provision. Of these committed facilities, $10.8 million was 
drawn at December 31, 2021.

At December 31, 2020, the Company had committed banking facilities of $150.0 million with an additional
$50.0 million of uncommitted facilities through an accordion provision. Of the committed facilities, $4.1 million
was drawn at December 31, 2020.

115

 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

30. Retirement Benefits

The  Group  has  defined  benefit  pension  plans  in  the  U.K.,  the  U.S.  and  France.  The  levels  of  funding  are 
determined  by  periodic  actuarial  valuations.  The  assets  of  the  plans  are  generally  held  in  separate  trustee-
administered  funds.  The  Group  also  operates  defined  contribution  plans  in  the  U.K.,  the  U.S.,  Australia  and 
Canada.

Remeasurements  are  recognized  in  full  in  the  period  in  which  they  occur.  The  liability  recognized  in  the 
consolidated balance sheet represents the present value of the defined benefit obligation, as reduced by the fair 
value of plan assets. The cost of providing benefits is determined using the Projected Unit Credit Method.

The  principal  defined  benefit  pension  plan  in  the  Group  is  the  U.K.  Luxfer  Group  Pension  Plan  ("the  Plan"), 
which closed to new members in 1998, new employees then being eligible for a defined contribution plan. With 
effect from April 2004, the Plan changed from a final salary to a career average revalued earnings benefit scale. 
In August 2005, a plan specific earnings cap of £60,000 per annum subject to inflation increases was introduced, 
the figure had risen to £76,000 in 2015. In October 2007, the rate of the future accrual for pension was reduced 
and  a  longevity  adjustment  was  introduced  to  mitigate  against  the  risk  of  further  unexpected  increases  in  life 
expectancies.  In  2015,  following  a  consultation  with  the Trustees  and  members,  it  was  agreed  the  Plan  would 
close  to  future  accrual  of  benefits  effective  from  April  5,  2016  and  for  the  purpose  of  increasing  pensions  in 
payment, to use the  Consumer Prices Index ("CPI")  as  the reference index in place of the Retail Prices Index 
("RPI") where applicable. The remaining active members, numbering approximately 160, were transferred into a 
defined  contribution  plan.  The  weighted  average  duration  of  the  expected  benefit  payments  from  the  Plan  is 
around 16 years. The pension cost of the Plan is assessed in accordance with the advice of an independent firm 
of  professionally  qualified  actuaries,  Lane  Clark  &  Peacock  LLP.  The  Plan  is  registered  with  HMRC  for  tax 
purposes,  operates  separately  from  the  Group  and  is  managed  by  an  independent  set  of  Trustees.  The  Plan 
operates under U.K. trust law and the trust is a separate legal entity from the Group. The Plan is governed by an 
independent  board  of  Trustees,  composed  of  two  member  nominated  Trustees  and  four  company  appointed 
Trustees. 

The Trustees are required by law to act in the best interests of scheme members and are responsible for setting 
certain  policies  (e.g.  investment  funding)  together  with  the  Company. A  one-off  cash  contribution  was  paid  in 
December 2021 of £9.6 million in addition to the £4.1 million annual payment. While there is an expectation that 
no further contributions will be required until at least after the next valuation in 2024, there is no guarantee that 
this will be the case. The Trustees can request additional contributions, and the U.K. Pensions Regulator (TPR) 
has the power to order further funding in the current three-year window should increasingly stringent regulation 
require it

The Group's other arrangements are less significant than the Luxfer Group Pension Plan, the largest being the 
BA Holdings, Inc. Pension Plan in the U.S. In December 2005, this plan was closed to further benefit accrual with 
members being offered contributions to that Company's 401(k) plan. At January 1, 2016, the U.S. pension plans 
(BA Holdings, Inc. Pension Plan and Luxfer Hourly Pension Plan) merged into one plan.

The  total  charge  to  the  Group's  consolidated  income  statement  for  2021  for  retirement  benefits  was  a  cost  of 
$5.4 million (2020: cost of $5.4 million).

The movement in the pension (surplus) / obligation is shown below:

Net retirement benefit obligation at January 1

Charged / (credited) to the consolidated income statement:

Past service cost

Net interest on net liability

Administrative costs

Cash contributions

(Credited) / charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Exchange difference

Net retirement benefit (surplus) / obligation  at December 31

2021

$M

2020

$M

50.8 

35.2 

— 

0.6 

1.2 

(18.2)   

(48.8)   

(0.1)   

(14.5)   

0.1 

1.0 

0.9 

(5.8) 

19.0 

0.4 

50.8 

116

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The financial assumptions used in the calculations were:

Discount rate

Inflation related assumptions:

Pre-2030

Retail Price Inflation

Consumer Price Inflation

Pension increases—pre 6 April 1997

—1997 - 2005

—post 5 April 2005

Post-2030

Retail Price Inflation

Consumer Price Inflation

Pension increases—pre 6 April 1997

—1997 - 2005

—post 5 April 2005

Other principal actuarial assumptions:

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Projected Unit Credit Valuation

U.K.

Non-U.K.

2021

%

2020

%

2021

%

2020

%

 1.90 

 1.40 

 2.70 

 2.30 

 3.30 

 2.20 

 2.00 

 2.20 

 1.80 

 3.30 

 3.20 

 2.50 

 3.10 

 2.20 

 2.90 

 1.80 

 1.70 

 1.90 

 1.60 

 2.70 

 2.60 

 2.20 

 2.60 

 2.00 

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

2021

Years

2020

Years

Life expectancy of male / female in the U.K. aged 65 at accounting date

21.1 / 22.9 21.5 / 24.3

Life expectancy of male / female in the U.K. aged 65 at 20 years after accounting date

22.4 / 24.4 22.9 / 25.8

Investment strategies

For the principal defined benefit plan in the Group and the U.K., the Luxfer Group Pension Plan, the assets are 
invested in a diversified range of asset classes and include matching assets (comprising fixed interest and index 
linked bonds and swaps) and growth assets (comprising all other assets). The Trustees have formulated a de-
risking  strategy  to  help  control  the  short  term  risks  of  volatility  associated  with  holding  growth  assets.  The 
Trustees also monitor the cost of a buy-in to secure pensioner liabilities with an insurance company to ensure 
they and the Company are able to act if such an opportunity arises. Other options to progressively reduce the 
scale of the liabilities are discussed between the Trustees and the Company.

Risk exposures

The Group is at risk of adverse experience relating to the defined benefit plans.

The plans hold a high proportion of assets in equity and other growth investments, with the intention of growing 
the value of assets relative to liabilities. The Group is at risk if the value of liabilities grows at a faster rate than 
the plans assets, or if there is a significant fall in the value of these assets not matched by a fall in the value of 
liabilities.  If  these  events  occurred,  this  would  be  expected  to  lead  to  an  increase  in  the  Group's  future  cash 
contributions.

Special events

In 2021, the Company decided to terminate its U.S. Pension Plan. The process is expected to complete within 12 
to 18 months, including final funding requirements and administrative cost payments. In accordance with IAS19, 
the proposed buy-out has no impact on the valuation of the liability at the 2021 year-end. 

117

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

The amounts recognized in the consolidated income statement in respect of the pension plans were as 
follows:

In respect of defined benefit plans:
Current service cost
Net interest on net liability
Administrative expenses
Past service cost
Total charge for defined benefit plans
In respect of defined contribution plans:
Total charge for defined contribution plans
Total charge for pension plans

2021

U.K.
$M

2021
Non-
U.K.
$M

2021

2020

Total
$M

U.K.
$M

2020
Non-
U.K.
$M

2020

Total
$M

— 
0.5 
0.8 
— 
1.3 

2.1 
3.4 

— 
0.1 
0.4 
— 
0.5 

1.5 
2.0 

— 
0.6 
1.2 
— 
1.8 

3.6 
5.4 

— 
0.9 
0.6 
0.1 
1.6 

1.5 
3.1 

— 
0.1 
0.3 
— 
0.4 

1.9 
2.3 

— 
1.0 
0.9 
0.1 
2.0 

3.4 
5.4 

Of the total charge for the year, charges of $3.6 million and $1.2 million (2020: $3.4 million and $0.9 million) have 
been  included  in  cost  of  sales  and  administrative  costs,  respectively  and  a  charge  of  $0.6  million.  (2020:  $1.0 
million) has been included in finance costs. 

For  the  year,  the  amount  of  gain/(loss)  recognized  in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Other  Comprehensive 
Income is $48.8m (2020: ($19m).

The actual return of the plans assets was a gain of $22.0 million (2020: gain of $51.7 million).

The value of the plans assets and liabilities were:

Assets in active markets:

Equities and growth funds

Government bonds

Corporate bonds

Cash

Total market value of assets

2021

U.K.

$M

2021

Non-U.K.

$M

2021

Total

$M

2020

U.K.

$M

2020

Non-U.K.

$M

2020

Total

$M

149.9 

64.6 

147.5 

14.6 

376.6 

— 

— 

46.6 

0.2 

46.8 

149.9 

64.6 

194.1 

14.8 

423.4 

152.3 

63.1 

141.6 

1.9 

358.9 

26.9 

— 

18.1 

— 

45.0 

179.2 

63.1 

159.7 

1.9 

403.9 

Present value of plan liabilities

(363.0)   

(45.9)   

(408.9)   

(404.0)   

(50.7)   

(454.7) 

Surplus / (deficit) in the plans
Related deferred income tax 
(liability) / asset

13.6 

0.9 

14.5 

(45.1)   

(5.7)   

(50.8) 

(3.4)   

(0.2)   

(3.6)   

8.9 

1.0 

9.9 

Net pension asset / (liability)

10.2 

0.7 

10.9 

(36.2)   

(4.7)   

(40.9) 

The plans do not invest directly in property occupied by the Group or in financial securities issued by the Group.

118

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Analysis of movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligations:

At January 1

Interest on obligation

Actuarial (gains) / losses on financial 
assumptions
Actuarial gains on demographic 
assumptions

Actuarial gains on plan experience

Exchange difference

Benefits paid

Past service cost

At December 31

2021

U.K.

$M

2021

Non-U.K.

$M

2021

Total

$M

2020

U.K.

$M

2020

Non-U.K.

$M

2020

Total

$M

404.0 

5.6 

50.7 

1.1 

454.7 

359.2 

6.7 

7.0 

47.1 

1.4 

406.3 

8.4 

(12.4)   

(2.5)   

(14.9)   

45.8 

5.1 

50.9 

(14.3)   

(0.2)   

(14.5)   

— 

(0.4)   

(2.6)   

(3.9)   

(0.9)   

— 

(3.5)   

(3.9)   

(6.1)   

12.7 

— 

— 

(0.4) 

(6.1) 

12.7 

(13.4)   

(2.3)   

(15.7)   

(14.7)   

(2.5)   

(17.2) 

— 

363.0 

— 

45.9 

— 

0.1 

408.9 

404.0 

— 

50.7 

0.1 

454.7 

The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure the present value of the defined benefit 
obligations are set out below:

Assumption
Discount rate
CPI inflation (and related 
increases)
Post retirement mortality

Change in assumption
Increase/decrease by 0.1%

Impact on total defined
benefit obligations
Decrease/increase by 10%

Increase/decrease by 0.1%
Increase by 1 year

Increase/decrease by 8%
Increase by 3%

The sensitivities have been calculated to show the movement in the total defined benefit obligation in isolation, 
assuming no other changes in market conditions at the accounting date. In practice, for example, a change in 
discount rate is likely to be associated with a movement in the value of the invested assets held by the plans.

119

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Analysis of movement in the present value of the fair value of plan assets:

2021

U.K.

$M

2021

Non-U.K.

$M

2021

Total

$M

2020

U.K.

$M

2020

Non-U.K.

$M

2020

Total

$M

At January 1

Interest on plan assets

Actuarial gains

Exchange difference

Contributions from employer

Administrative expenses

Benefits paid

At December 31

358.9 

5.1 

12.4 

(3.8)   

18.2 

(0.8)   

(13.4)   

45.0 

403.9 

328.7 

42.4 

371.1 

1.0 

3.5 

— 

— 

6.1 

15.9 

(3.8)   

18.2 

6.1 

21.3 

12.3 

5.8 

1.3 

4.1 

— 

— 

(0.4)   

(2.3)   

(1.2)   

(0.6)   

(15.7)   

(14.7)   

(0.3)   

(2.5)   

7.4 

25.4 

12.3 

5.8 

(0.9) 

(17.2) 

403.9 

376.6 

46.8 

423.4 

358.9 

45.0 

The estimated amount of employer contributions expected to be paid to the defined benefit pension plans for the 
year ending December 31, 2022 is nil (2021: $18.2 million actual employer contributions).

31. The Luxfer Group Employee Share Ownership Plan

The trust

In 1997, the Group established an employee benefit trust ("the ESOP") with independent Trustees, to purchase 
and hold shares in the Group in trust to be used to satisfy options granted to eligible senior employees under the 
Group's share plans established from time to time.

The ESOP was established with the benefit of a gift equivalent to the set up and running costs. Purchase monies 
and  costs  required  by  the  ESOP  Trustees  to  purchase  shares  for  and  under  the  provisions  of  the  trust  are 
provided  by  way  of  an  interest  free  loan  from  a  Group  subsidiary.  The  loan  is  repayable,  in  normal 
circumstances, out of monies received from senior employees when they exercise options granted to them over 
shares. Surplus shares are held by the ESOP Trustees to satisfy future option awards. The ESOP Trustees have 
waived  their  right  to  receive  dividends  on  shares  held  in  trust.  The  Remuneration  Committee  is  charged  with 
determining which senior employees are to be granted options and in what number subject to the relevant plan 
rules.

The current plan

The  current  share  option  plan,  implemented  by  the  Group  in  February  2007  is The  Luxfer  Holdings  Executive 
Share Option Plan ("the Plan"), which consists of two parts. Part A of the Plan is approved by HM Revenue & 
Customs and Part B is unapproved. Options can be  exercised at any time up to the tenth anniversary of their 
grant subject to the rules of the relevant part of the Plan. As a result of the I.P.O. all leaver restrictions over the 
shares were released. There are no other performance criteria attached to the options.

Movements in the year

The movement in the number of shares held by the Trustees of the ESOP and the number of share options held 
over those shares are shown below:

Number of shares held by ESOP Trustees

£0.0001 deferred 
shares

£0.50 ordinary 
shares

At January 1, 2021

15,977,968,688 

Shares transferred into ESOP during the year

Shares transferred from ESOP during the year

— 

— 

At December 31, 2021

15,977,968,688 

1,013,512 

67,625 

(242,579) 

838,558 

At December 31, 2021, the loan outstanding from the ESOP was $0.5 million (2020: $0.6 million).

The market value of each £0.50 ordinary share held by the ESOP at December 31, 2021 was $19.31 (2020: 
$16.42).

120

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

 32. Share based compensation

Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  Long-Term  Umbrella  Incentive  Plan  and  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  Non-Executive 
Directors Equity Incentive Plan

As an important retention tool and to align the long-term financial interests of our management with those of our 
shareholders,  the  Company  adopted  the  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  Long-Term  Umbrella  Incentive  Plan  (the  "LTIP") 
for  the  Company's  senior  employees  and  the  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  Non-Executive  Directors  Equity  Incentive 
Plan (the "Director EIP") for the Non-Executive Directors.

The equity or equity-related awards under the LTIP and the Director EIP are based on the ordinary shares of the 
Company. The Remuneration Committee administers the LTIP and has the power to determine to whom the
awards will be granted, the amount, type and other terms. Awards granted under the LTIP generally vest one-
quarter each year over a four-year period, subject to continuous employment and certain other conditions, with
the exercise period expiring six years after grant date. Awards granted under the Director EIP are non-
discretionary, are purely time-based and vest over one year, with settlement occurring immediately on vesting. 

Share option and restricted stock awards

In March 2021, a combined 110,000 of Restricted Stock Units and Options over ordinary shares were granted
under the LTIP, which were all time-based awards vesting over four years and expiring two years later. Also, in
March 2021, a combined 45,000 awards were granted based on the achievement of total shareholder return
targets from the period January 1, 2018, to December 31, 2020. The awards vest over two years. In June 2021,
a combined 19,000 Restricted Stock Units and Options over ordinary shares were granted under the Director
EIP, which were all time-based awards that would fully vest one year later.

In March 2020, a combined 132,900 of Restricted Stock Units and Options over ordinary shares were granted 
under the LTIP, which were all time-based awards vesting over four years and expiring two years later. In May 
2020,  a  combined  2,000  of  Restricted  Stock  Units  and  Options  over  ordinary  shares  were  granted  under  the 
LTIP,  which  were  all  time-based  awards  vesting  over  four  years  and  expiring  two  years  later.  In  June  2020,  a 
combined  27,280  of  Restricted  Stock  Units  and  Options  over  ordinary  shares  were  granted  under  the  Director 
EIP,  which  were  all  time-based  awards  that  would  fully  vest  one  year  later.  In  September  2020,  a  combined 
3,892 of Restricted Stock Units and Options over ordinary shares were granted under the LTIP, which were all 
time-based awards vesting over four years and expiring two years later.

Total share-based compensation expense for 2021 and 2020 was as follows:

Share based compensation charges

There were no cancellations or modifications to the awards in 2021 or 2020.

2021
$M

2020
$M

2.8 

2.8 

The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercises totaled $1.1 million and $0.6 million 
in 2021 and 2020 respectively.

The following table illustrates the number of, and movements in, share options during the year, with each option 
relating to 1 ordinary share:

2021

2021

2020

2020

At January 1

Granted during the year

Exercised during the year

Accrued dividend awards

Lapsed during the year

At December 31

Options exercisable at December 31,

Options expected to vest as of December 31, 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price

Number

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price

Number

412,804 

174,264 

$0.87  

467,362 

$1.00  

166,072 

(271,851) 

$0.77  

(222,375) 

7,898 

(25,628) 

297,487 

13,874 

269,432 

$0.95  

14,727 

$0.92  

(12,982) 

$0.99  

412,804 

$0.84  

11,495 

$1.00  

401,309 

121

$0.75

$1

$0.71

$0.84

$0.9

$0.87

$0.66

$0.88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

The  weighted  average  fair  value  of  options  granted  in  2021  and  2020  was  estimated  to  be  $20.56  and  $9.41,  
respectively. The total intrinsic value of options that were exercised during 2021 and 2020 was $5.8 million and 
$3.0  million,  respectively.  At  December  31,  2021,  the  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  share 
options was $2.8 million  (2020: $2.2 million). This  cost  is expected to be recognized over a weighted average 
period of 1.9 years (2020: 1.3 years ).

The following table illustrates the assumptions used in deriving the fair value of share options during the year:

Dividend yield (%)

Expected volatility range (%)

Risk-free interest rate (%)

Expected life of share options range (years)

Forfeiture rate (%)

Weighted average exercise price ($)
Model used

2021

2020

 2.27 

3.39 - 4.09

42.80 - 59.03

36.48 - 56.28

0.04 - 0.24

0.50 - 4.00

5.00

0.18 - 0.49

0.50 - 4.00

5.00

$1.00
Black-Scholes 
& Monte-Carlo

$1.00
Black-Scholes 
& Monte-Carlo

The expected life of the share options is based on historical data and current expectations and is not necessarily 
indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. The expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical 
volatility over a period similar to the life of the options is indicative of future trends, which may not necessarily be 
the actual outcome.

Employee share incentive plans

The  Group  operates  an  all-employee  share  incentive  plan  in  its  U.K.  and  U.S.  operations  and  will  look  to 
implement plans in other geographic regions.

33. Related party transactions

Joint venture in which the Company is a venturer

During 2021, the Group maintained its 50% investment in the equity of the joint venture, Nikkei-MEL Company 
Limited. During 2021, the Elektron segment made $0.8 million of sales to the joint venture (2020: $0.6 million). At 
December  31,  2021,  the  gross  and  net  amounts  receivable  from  the  joint  venture  amounted  to  $0.1  million 
(2020: $0.2 million). 

In July 2020, the Company sold its 51% investment in the equity of its previous joint venture, Luxfer Uttam India 
Private Limited. During 2020, prior to the sale, the Gas Cylinders segment made  $1.5 million of sales to the joint 
venture. At December 31, 2020, the entity was no longer a related-party. 

Associates in which the Company holds an interest

During  2020,  SUB161  Pty  Limited,  in  which  the  Company  held  26.4%  equity,  was  liquidated  as  it  no  longer 
traded. 

Transactions with other related parties

At December 31, 2021, the directors and key management comprising the members of the Executive Leadership 
Team,  owned  500,237  £0.50  ordinary  shares  (2020:  425,413  £0.50  ordinary  shares)  and  held  awards  over  a 
further 299,021 £0.50 ordinary shares (2020: 248,522 £0.50 ordinary shares).

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  share  options  held  by  members  of  the  Executive 
Leadership  Team  were  exercised;  information  relating  to  these  exercises  is  disclosed  in  the  Remuneration 
Report on pages 43 to 60.

Other than the transactions with the joint ventures, associates and key management personnel disclosed above, 
no other related party transactions have been identified.

122

34. Post Balance Sheet Events

No material subsequent events.

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

123

COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
All amounts in millions

ASSETS
Non‑current assets
Investments   
Deferred income taxes   
Retirement benefits

Current assets
Trade and other receivables   

Total assets

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Capital and reserves
Ordinary share capital   
Deferred share capital   
Share premium account   
Treasury shares   
Retained earnings   
Translation reserve
Own shares held by ESOP   
Share based compensation reserve   
Capital and reserves attributable to the Company’s equity shareholders   
Total equity   

Non‑current liabilities
Retirement benefits   
Bank and other loans
Total non-current liabilities

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables

Total liabilities   

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES   

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

At December 31, 
2021

At December 31, 
2020

At December 31, 
2019

Restated

Restated

Note

$M

$M

$M

37
38
45

39

41
41
41
41

41
41

45

42

368.7
—
13.7
382.4

17.5
17.5

365.9
12.7
—
378.6

35.6
35.6

437.9
9.9
—
447.8

3.4
3.4

399.9

414.2

451.2

26.5
149.9
79.7
(9.6)
168.1
(23.1)
(1.1)
(8.8)
381.6
381.6

—
—
—

26.6
149.9
77.1
(4.0)
150.0
(23.1)
(1.4)
(6.0)
369.1
369.1

45.1
—
45.1

18.3  

—   

18.3

399.9

45.1

414.2

26.6
149.9
74.7
(4.0)
151.7
(33.9)
(1.7)
(5.8)
357.5
357.5

30.5
25.0
55.5

38.2 

93.7

451.2

The Group has taken advantage of the exemption provided under Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to 
present Luxfer Holding PLC’s Company income statement. Net (loss) / profit for the year was $2.4 million (2020: 
$25.3 million)

THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ON PAGES 120 TO 134 WERE APPROVED BY THE BOARD ON APRIL 21, 2022 AND 
SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF:

Alok Maskara 

April 21, 2022

Company Registration no. 03690830

124

COMPANY CASH FLOW STATEMENT
All amounts in millions

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net (loss) / income for the year   
Adjustments to reconcile net income for the year to net cash flows from continuing 

operating activities:
Deferred income taxes   
Net interest
Dividends received   
Exchange difference charged to other comprehensive income
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Increase / (decrease) in receivables   
Decrease / (increase) in payables   

Movement in retirement benefits obligations   
NET CASH FLOWS GENERATED / (USED) IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES   

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Dividends received   
Intercompany loans: debt funding   
Intercompany loans: interest received   
NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES   
NET CASH FLOWS BEFORE FINANCING   

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Interest paid on Loan Notes   
Share based compensation cash outflow
Repayment on Loan Notes
Dividends paid   
Shares sold from ESOP
Repurchase of ordinary shares
NET CASH FLOWS USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES   

NET MOVEMENT IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS   
Net foreign exchange differences
Cash and cash equivalents at January 1   
Cash and cash equivalents at December 31   

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Note

2021

$M

2020

$M

(2.4)  

23.6 

4.8   
(4.1)  
—   
—   

18.1   
18.3   
(16.9)  
17.8   

—   
—   
4.5   
4.5   
22.3   

—   
(2.0)  
—   
(13.6)  
—   
(6.4)  
(22.0)  

0.3   
(0.3)  
—   
—   

2.5 
(3.6) 
(18.5) 
10.8 

(29.8) 
(38.7) 
(2.9) 
(56.6) 

18.5 
72.4 
6.1 
97.0 
40.4 

(1.5) 
(1.4) 
(25.0) 
(13.6) 
1.1 
— 
(40.4) 

— 
— 
— 
— 

40
40

125

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
All amounts in millions

Equity attributable to the equity shareholders of the parent

Note

Ordinary 
share 
capital 
$M

26.6   

—   

Deferred 
share 
capital 
$M
149.9   

Share 
premium 
account
$M
74.7   

Treasury 
shares
$M

Retained 
earnings 
$M

Translation 
reserve 
$M

Own 
shares held 
by ESOP 
$M

Share based 
compensation 
reserve 
$M

Total 
equity 
$M

—   

—   

—   

23.6   

—   

(4.0)   

151.7   

(33.9)   

(1.7)   

—   

(5.8)    357.5 

—   

23.6 

At January 1, 2020

Net income for the year   

Remeasurement of 
defined benefit retirement 
plan   
Deferred income taxes on 
items taken to other 
comprehensive income   

Translation reserve

Total comprehensive 
income for the year   

Equity dividends   

Equity settled share based 
compensation charges   

41

Shares sold from ESOP

41
Utilization of ESOP shares    41
Other changes in equity in 
the year      

At December 31, 2020
Net profit for the year   

Remeasurement of 
defined benefit retirement 
plan   

Deferred income taxes on 
items taken to other 
comprehensive income   

Total comprehensive loss 
for the year   

Equity dividends paid   

Equity settled share based 
compensation charges   

Utilization of treasury 
shares   

Utilization of ESOP shares    41
Repurchase of ordinary 
shares

Cancellation of ordinary 
shares

Other changes in equity in 
the year   

At December 31, 2021

—   

—   

—   

—   

(17.0)   

—   

—   

—   

(17.0) 

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

0.8   

1.7   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

5.3   

—   

11.9   

(13.6)   

—   

—   

— 

—   

10.8   

10.8   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

2.4   

—   

(13.6)   

—   

26.6   

149.9   

77.1   

(4.0)   

150.0   

(23.1)   

—   

—   

—   

—   

(2.4)   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

0.3   

—   

0.3   

(1.4)   

—   

—   

—   

5.3 

10.8 

—   

22.7 

—   

(13.6) 

2.8   

—   

2.8 

1.1 

(3.0)   

(1.3) 

(0.2)   

(11.1) 

(6.0)    369.1 

—   

(2.4) 

—   

—   

—   

—   

42.0   

—   

—   

—   

42.0 

—   

—   

—   

—   

(7.9)   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

31.7   

(13.6)   

41

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

(0.1)   

3.3   

0.1   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

(6.4)   

—   

(0.1)   

—   

(0.6)   

0.7   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

0.3   

—   

—   

—   

(7.9) 

—   

31.7 

—   

(13.6) 

2.8   

2.8 

—   

— 

(5.6)   

(2.0) 

—   

(6.4) 

—   

— 

(0.1)   

—   

2.6   

26.5   

149.9   

79.7   

(5.6)   

(9.6)   

(13.6)   

168.1   

—   

(23.1)   

0.3   

(1.1)   

(2.8)   

(19.2) 

(8.8)    381.6 

126

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

35.  Significant accounting policies

Authorization of financial statements

The  Company  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  were  authorized  for  issue  by  the 
Board  of  Directors  on April  21,  2022  and  the  balance  sheet  was  signed  on  the  Board’s  behalf  by A.  Maskara. 
Luxfer Holdings PLC is a company incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales.

Basis of preparation 

The Company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as they apply to companies reporting under IFRS.

The  accounting  policies  set  out  in  this  note  to  the  financial  statements  have  been  applied  in  preparing  these 
financial statements and comparative information.

The Company financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except where IFRS requires 
or  permits  fair  value  measurement.  From  January  1,  2021,  the  Company  changed  its  functional  currency  from 
GBP  to  USD  to  give  a  more  accurate  representation  of  the  Company's  financial  performance.  The  financial 
statements  for  the  year  ending  31  December  2021  are  presented  in  USD,  however  financial  statements  for 
preceding periods are presented in GBP. The Balance Sheet, Cash Flow Statement, Statement of Changes in 
Equity and supporting notes have been restated from GBP to USD at the year end exchange rate, or average 
exchange rate where appropriate, to allow comparison between periods.

The  directors  have  a  reasonable  expectation  that  the  Company  has  adequate  resources  to  continue  in 
operational existence for the foreseeable future. In assessing the appropriateness of adopting the going concern 
basis  in  the  preparation  of  these  financial  statements,  cash  forecasts  and  projections  have  been  prepared  to 
June  2022.  Throughout  the  forecasted  period,  there  is  sufficient  headroom  in  our  covenant  compliance  which 
would enable the Group to drawdown on the RCF and therefore not impact the Company's ability to continue as 
a  going  concern.  Therefore  the  directors  continue  to  apply  the  going  concern  basis  for  accounting  in  the 
preparation of the Company financial statements.

Investments 

Investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated at cost less, where appropriate, provisions for impairment. 

Loans  to  subsidiary  undertakings  and  joint  ventures  are  initially  recorded  at  fair  value;  they  are  then 
subsequently carried at amortised cost. The loans are interest bearing.

The  Company  grants  share-based  payments  to  the  employees  of  subsidiary  companies.  Each  period,  the  fair 
value  of  the  employee  services  received  by  the  subsidiary  as  a  capital  contribution  from  the  Company  is 
reflected as an addition to investments. 

The Company has applied IFRS 9 and the expected credit loss model when valuing its loans to investments.

Functional and presentational currency 

On January 1, 2021 the functional currency of Luxfer Holdings PLC was changed from the local currency, GBP 
to the reporting currency, USD reflecting that the majority of the company's cash flows are now denominated in 
USD,  including  intercompany  loans  and  interest  payments  as  well  as  dividends  paid  to  its  shareholders.  The 
change  was  triggered  by  a  revision  to  our  intercompany  financing  model  which  now  aims  to  manage  foreign 
exchange risk through Luxfer Group Limited, a subsidiary undertaking, whose functional currency remains GBP 
(the same as its local currency).

Items  included  in  the  financial  statements  of  the  Company  are  measured  using  the  currency  of  the  primary 
economic  environment  in  which  the  entity  operates  (“the  functional  currency”),  which  is  USD.  In  2020  the 
functional  currency  was  GBP  sterling,  although  all  balances  have  now  been  translated  to  USD.  The 
presentational currency of the Company is USD.

Other accounting policies 

As  applicable,  the  accounting  policies  of  the  Company  follow  those  of  the  Group  set  out  in  Note  1  to  the 
consolidated financial statements. The critical accounting judgments and key sources of estimation uncertainty 
applicable for the Company financial statements are impairment of non-financial assets and pensions.

127

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

36.  Directors’ interests

Disclosure  of  individual  directors’  remuneration,  share  interests,  share  options,  long-term  incentive  schemes, 
pension  contributions  and  pension  entitlements  required  by  the  Companies  Act  2006  are  shown  within  the 
Remuneration Report on pages 40 to 60 and form part of these financial statements. 

37.  Investments

Cost and net book value:
At January 1, 2020
Additions
Repayment of loans to subs
Exchange difference
At December 31, 2020
Additions   
At December 31, 2021

Investments in 
subsidiary 
undertakings
$M

Loans to 
subsidiary 
undertakings
$M

Capital 
contributions
$M

297.7   
—   
—   
—   
297.7   
—   
297.7   

140.5   
—   
(90.9)  
1.8   
51.4   
—   
51.4   

11.6   
5.2   
—   
—   
16.8   
2.8   
19.6   

Total
$M

449.8 
5.2 
(90.9) 
1.8 
365.9 
2.8 
368.7 

Details of the investments in which the Group or the Company holds share capital at December 31, 2021, are as 
follows:

Luxfer, Inc.*

BA Holdings, Inc.*

Luxfer Group Limited

Name of company   

Luxfer Group 2000 Limited

Luxfer Australia Pty Limited * 

Luxfer Group UK Pension Trustee Limited*

Luxfer Gas Cylinders (Shanghai) Co., Limited *

Luxfer Group Services Limited *
Lumina Trustee Limited 1

Country of
incorporation
U.S. 3
England and Wales2
England and Wales2
Australia6
England and Wales2
Luxfer Gas Cylinders Limited *
Luxfer Gas Cylinders China Holdings Limited * England and Wales2
Republic of China7
England and Wales2
England and Wales2
England and Wales2
U.S. 3
England and Wales2
England and Wales2
U.S.8
U.S.14
U.S.5
Canada9
U.S.5
France4
Canada10
Germany11
U.S.5
U.S.12

Luxfer Magtech Inc.*
GTM Technologies, LLC *

Magnesium Elektron North America, Inc. *

Niagara Metallurgical Products Limited *

Structural Composites Industries *#

Luxfer Overseas Holdings Limited *

Magnesium Elektron Limited *

Luxfer Gas Cylinders S.A.S. *

Reade Manufacturing, Inc.*

Luxfer Germany GmbH *

Luxfer Canada Limited *

MEL Chemicals, Inc.* 

Holding

Proportion of voting
rights and shares held

Nature of
business

Common stock

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Common stock

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Common stock 

Common stock

Common stock

Common stock

Common stock

Ordinary shares

Common stock

Ordinary shares

Common stock
Capital Interest

100% Holding company

100% Property Services

100% Trustee company

100%

100%

Distribution

Engineering

100% Holding company

100%

Manufacturing

100% Holding company

100% Holding company

100%

100%

Non trading

Engineering

100% Holding company

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%
100%

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Engineering

Engineering

Engineering

Manufacturing
Engineering

Name of company
Other Investments

Nikkei-MEL Co Limited *

Country of
incorporation

Holding

Proportion of voting 
rights and shares held

Nature of 
business

Japan13

Ordinary shares

 50 %

Distribution

All shareholdings stated are valid for both 2021 and 2020 except where indicated

128

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

37.  Investments (continued)

Subsidiary undertakings are all held directly by the Company unless indicated.
*  Held by a subsidiary undertaking.
#  Registered in 2021
1  Acts as bare trustee in connection with the 2007 share capital reorganisation.
2 Registered address: Lumns Lane, Manchester, M27 8LN, England. 
3 Registered address: 1679 S. Dupont Hwy, Ste 100, Dover, DE 199091, U.S. 
4 Registered address: 7 Rue de l’Industrie, 63360 Gerzat, France. 
5 Registered address: The Corporation Trust Company, Corporate Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, U.S. 
6 Registered address: Unit 4, 171-175 Newton Road, Wetherill Park, NSW 2164, Australia. 
7 Registered address: No. 123, Lane 150, Pingbei Road, Minghang District, Shanghai, PRC 201109, China. 
8 Registered address: c/o CT Corporation, 830 Bear Tavern Road, Trenton, NJ 08628, U.S. 
9 Registered address: David Toswell of Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP, 1114 Harvest Drive, Pickering, ON, L1X 1B6, Canada. 
10 Registered address: (Torys) 525-8th Avenue S.W, 46th Floor, Eighth Avenue Place East, Calgary, Alberta, T2P 1G1, Canada. 
11 Registered address: Am Alten Stadtpark 37, 44791 Bochum, Germany. 
12 Registered address: Corporation Service Comp., 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle, DE 19808, USA 
13 Registered address: NYK Tennoz Building, 2-20 Higashi-Shinagawa 2-chome, Shinagawa-ku, Tokyo, 140-8628, Japan
14 Registered address: 336 Enterprise Pl, Pomona, CA 91768, United States

During 2021 the Group acquired Structural Composites Industries, this was directly acquired by Luxfer, Inc, 
acquiring 100% of the common stock.

During 2020 the Group disposed of one of its joint ventures, Luxfer Uttam India Private Limited and liquidated its 
associate, Sub 161 Pty Limited.

38. Deferred income taxes

At January 1, 2020
Credited/(charged) to income statement   

Credited to other comprehensive income   

At December 31, 2020
Charged to income statement   

Charged to other comprehensive income   

At December 31, 2021

Tax losses and 
other timing 
differences 
$M
4.8   

(1.0)  

—   

3.8   
(0.4)  
—   
3.4   

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations 
$M
5.5   
(0.3)  
3.7   
8.9   
(4.4)  
(7.9)  
(3.4)  

Total 
$M
10.3 

(1.3) 

3.7 

12.7 

(4.8) 

(7.9) 
0.0 

At  the  balance  sheet  date,  the  Company  has  no  unrecognised  deferred  income  tax  assets  relating  to  losses 
(2020:  nil). A  deferred  tax  asset  of  $3.4  million  (2020:  $3.8  million)  has  been  recognised  in  relation  to  timing 
differences  and  losses,  to  the  extent  that  it  is  deemed  probable  that  sufficient  taxable  profit  will  be  available 
against which the losses may be utilized. A deferred tax liability of $3.4m has been recognised in respect of the 
pension plan surplus.

39.  Trade and other receivables

Amounts owed by Group undertakings   

Other debtors

December 31,
2021

December 31,
2020

$M

17.5

—   

17.5

$M

34.9

0.7 

35.6

The amounts owed by Group undertakings are unsecured and repayable on demand.

The  prior  year  other  debtors  balance  relates  to  unamortised  finance  costs  attributed  to  the  revolving  credit 
facility. These finance costs were reclassified from bank and other loans into other debtors. 

129

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

40. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash is swept into a concentration account held within a subsidiary undertaking. Cash at bank and in hand earns 
interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. The directors consider that the carrying value of cash 
and cash equivalents approximates to their fair value.

41. Share capital and Reserves

(a) 

Ordinary share capital 

December 31,
2021

December 31,
2020

December 31,
2021

December 31,
2020

No.

No.

Authorized:
Ordinary shares of £0.50 each   
40,000,000
Deferred ordinary shares of £0.0001 each    761,835,318,444
761,875,318,444

Allotted, called up and fully paid:
Ordinary shares of £0.50 each   
28,944,000
Deferred ordinary shares of £0.0001 each    761,835,318,444
761,864,262,444

40,000,000

761,835,338,444

761,875,338,444

29,000,000

761,835,338,444

761,864,338,444

$M

35.7

149.9

185.6

26.5

149.9

176.4

$M

35.7

149.9

185.6

26.6

149.9

176.5

The rights of the shares are as follows:

Ordinary shares of £0.50 each

The ordinary shares carry no entitlement to an automatic dividend but rank pari passu in respect of any dividend 
declared and paid. The ordinary shares were allotted and issued to satisfy share awards which vested under the 
Company's share award and share incentive plans.

Deferred ordinary shares of £0.0001 each

The  deferred  shares  have  no  entitlement  to  dividends  or  to  vote.    On  a  winding  up  (but  not  otherwise)  the 
holders of the deferred shares shall be entitled to the repayment of the paid up nominal amount of the deferred 
shares, but only after any payment to the holders of ordinary shares of an amount equal to 100 times the amount 
paid up on such ordinary shares.

(b) 

Share premium account

At January 1, 2020

Shares sold from ESOP

Utilisation of treasury shares

Utilisation of ESOP shares

At December 31, 2020

Utilisation of treasury shares

Utilisation of ESOP shares

Cancellation of ordinary shares

At December 31, 2021

$M

74.7

0.8

(0.1) 

1.7

77.1

(0.1) 

3.3

(0.6) 

79.7

The share premium account is used to record the excess of proceeds over nominal value on the issue of shares.  
Share issue costs directly related to the issue of shares are deducted from share premium.

130

 
 
 
41. Share capital and Reserves (continued)

 (c) 

Treasury shares

January 1, 2020 and December 31, 2020
Purchase of treasury shares

Cancellation of treasury shares

Utilisation of treasury shares   

At December 31, 2021

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

$M

(4.0) 

(6.4) 

0.7 

0.1 

(9.6) 

In  June  2021,  the  Board  announced  a  share  buy-back  program. As  a  result,  in  2021  the  Company  purchased 
297,678 total shares for $6.4 million. Of the 297,678 shares repurchased in the year, 56,000 at $0.7 million have 
been cancelled. 16,395 shares were utilised at $0.1 million, with the remaining 225,283 retained within Treasury 
shares.

At December 31, 2021, there were 575,618 (2020: 350,335) treasury shares held at a cost of $9.6 million (2020: 
$4.0 million).

 (d) 

Own shares held by ESOP

At January 1, 2020
Shares sold from ESOP 

At December 31, 2020
Utilisation of ESOP shares   

At December 31, 2021

$M

(1.7) 

0.3 

(1.4) 

0.3 

(1.1) 

At December 31, 2021, there were 838,558 ordinary shares of £0.50 each (2020: 1,013,512 ordinary shares of 
£0.50 each) held by The Luxfer Group Employee Share Ownership Plan.

42.  Trade and other payables 

Amounts owed to Group undertakings   

December 31, 
2021
$M

December 31, 
2020
$M

18.3

—

The amounts owed to Group undertakings were unsecured, repayable on demand and no interest was charged. 

43.  Financial instruments 

The  following  disclosures  relating  to  financial  instruments  have  been  prepared  on  a  basis  which  excludes 
short‑term debtors and creditors which have resulted from the Company’s operating activities.

(a) 

Financial instruments of the Company

The financial instruments of the Company other than short‑term debtors and creditors were as follows:

Financial instruments:
Financial assets:
Loans to subsidiary undertakings   

Book value
December 31, 
2021
$M

Fair value
December 31, 
2021
$M

Book value
December 31, 
2020
$M

Fair value
December 31, 
2020
$M

51.4

51.4

51.4

51.4

 (1) 

The financial instruments included in financial liabilities are shown gross of unamortized finance costs.  
The fair value of these financial instruments is calculated by discounting the future cash flows, including 
interest payments due.

131

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

43.  Financial instruments (continued)

Loans  to  subsidiary  undertakings  bear  interest  of  between  7.5%  and  8%,  payable  on  a  quarterly  basis.  Loans 
are repayable on demand, however there is currently no intention to seek repayment of these loan  The maturity 
of the financial liabilities is disclosed in Note 29 in the consolidated financial statements.

The fair value calculations were performed on the following basis:

Loans to subsidiary undertakings

The carrying value approximates to the fair value.

Fair value hierarchy

At December 31, 2021, the Company used the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of 
financial instruments by valuation technique: 

Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

Level  2:  other  techniques  for  which  all  inputs  which  have  a  significant  effect  on  the  recorded  fair  value  are 
observable, either directly or indirectly. 

Level 3: techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based 
on observable market data. 

(b) 

Interest rate risks

Interest rate risk profile on financial assets

As the Company holds no cash or external loans at December 31, 2021, the interest rate risk is negligible.

 (c) 

Undrawn committed facilities

At  December  31,  2021,  the  Group  had  committed  banking  facilities  of  $100.0  million  with  an  additional  $50.0 
million of uncommitted facilities through an accordion provision. Of these committed facilities, $10.8 million was 
drawn at December 31, 2021.

At  December  31,  2020,  the  Group  had  committed  banking  facilities  of  $150.0  million  with  an  additional  $50.0 
million  of  uncommitted  facilities  through  an  accordion  provision.  Of  the  committed  facilities,  $4.1  million  was 
drawn at December 31, 2020.

44. Financial risk management objectives and policies

The  Company’s  financial  instruments  comprise  other  loans  and  cash  and  cash  equivalents.  The  main  risks 
arising from the Company’s financial instruments are cash flow interest rate risk, foreign currency translation risk, 
credit risk and capital risk management. 

Foreign currency translation risk

The Company is exposed to translation risk only on the defined benefit pension plan, which is measured in GBP 
and translated to USD. As the functional currency of the Company changed to USD from January 1, 2021, there 
is minimal translation risk on other transactions. 

Credit risk 

The Company is exposed to credit risk on the loans which have been provided to subsidiary undertakings. The 
total  exposure  regarding  these  loans  is  $51.4  million.  None  of  the  loans  are  past  due  or  are  been  deemed 
impaired. 

Capital risk management

The capital structure of the Company consists of shareholders' equity, debt and cash and cash equivalents. For 
the  foreseeable  future,  the  Board  will  maintain  a  capital  structure  for  the  Company  that  supports  the  Group's 
strategic objectives through:

• Managing funding and liquidity; and

• Maintaining a strong, investment-grade credit rating.

132

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

44. Financial risk management objectives and policies (continued)

External net debt reconciliation

Cash at bank 
and in hand

Bank and other 
loans

Finance costs in 
other debtors

$M

$M

$M

Total

$M

Net debt at January 1, 2020

Cash flows

Other non-cash movements

Net debt at December 31, 2020

Other non-cash movements

Net debt at December 31, 2021

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

24.0 

(24.0)   

— 

— 

— 

— 

(1.0)   

— 

0.3 

(0.7)   

0.7 

— 

23.0 

(24.0) 

0.3 

(0.7) 

0.7 

— 

45. Retirement benefits

The Company is a member of the Luxfer Group Pension Plan (“the Plan”), a defined benefit scheme in the U.K.  
The levels of funding are determined by periodic actuarial valuations.  The assets of the Plan are generally held 
in separate trustee administered funds.  

Remeasurements are recognised in full in the period in which they occur.  The amount recognised in the balance 
sheet represents the present value of the defined benefit obligation, as reduced by the fair value of plan assets.  
The cost of providing benefits is determined using the Projected Unit Credit Method. In the year an asset ceiling 
was applied to limit the impact of the surplus on the scheme.

The full amounts relating to the Plan have been included in the Company statement of financial position.  This is 
because there is no allocation of the values between the various subsidiary companies.  The Directors consider 
the sponsor to be the ultimate parent company in the Group.

The  Plan  closed  to  new  members  in  1998,  new  employees  then  being  eligible  for  a  defined  contribution  plan.  
With effect from April 2004, the Plan changed from a final salary to a career average revalued earnings benefit 
scale.    In August  2005,  a  plan  specific  earnings  cap  of  £60,000  per  annum  subject  to  inflation  increases  was 
introduced, the figure has risen to £76,000 in 2015.  In October 2007, the rate of the future accrual for pension 
was  reduced  and  a  longevity  adjustment  was  introduced  to  mitigate  against  the  risk  of  further  unexpected 
increases in life expectancies.  In 2015, following a consultation with the trustees and members, it was agreed 
the Plan would close to future accrual of benefits effective from April 5, 2016 and for the purpose of increasing 
pensions  in  payment,  to  use  the  Consumer  Prices  Index  (“CPI”)  as  the  reference  index  in  place  of  the  Retail 
Prices Index (“RPI”) where applicable.  The weighted average duration of the expected benefit payments from 
the  plan  is  around  18  years.  The  pension  cost  of  the  Plan  is  assessed  in  accordance  with  the  advice  of  an 
independent firm of professionally qualified actuaries,  Lane Clark & Peacock LLP.  The Plan is registered with 
HMRC  for  tax  purposes,  operates  separately  from  the  Company  and  is  managed  by  an  independent  set  of 
trustees.  The Plan operates under UK trust law and the trust is a separate legal entity from the Company.  The 
Plan  is  governed  by  a  Board  of  Trustees,  composed  of  two  member  nominated  Trustees  and  four  company 
appointed Trustees. 

The  total  charge  to  the  Company’s  income  statement  for  2021  for  retirement  benefits  was  $1.4  million  (2020: 
charge of $1.3 million).

133

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
45. Retirement benefits (continued)

The movement in the pension liabilities is shown below:

Net retirement benefit obligation at January 1

(Credited) / charged to the income statement

Net interest on net liability

Administrative costs

Past service cost

Cash contributions

(Credited) / charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Exchange difference

Net retirement benefit (surplus) / obligation  at December 31

The financial assumptions used in the calculations were:

Discount rate   

Inflation related assumptions:

Pre-2030

Retail Price Inflation 

Consumer Price Inflation

Pension increases—pre 6 April 1997   
                            —1997 ‑ 2005   
                            —post 5 April 2005   

Post-2030

Retail Price Inflation   

Consumer Price Inflation   

Pension increases—pre 6 April 1997   
                            —1997 ‑ 2005   
                            —post 5 April 2005   

Other principal actuarial assumptions:
Life expectancy of male in the U.K. aged 65 at accounting date   

Life expectancy of male in the U.K. aged 65 at 20 years after accounting date   

Investment strategies

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

2021
$M

2020
$M

45.1

31.5

0.6

0.8

—

(18.2)

(41.7)

(0.3)

(13.7)

0.5

0.7

0.1

(5.9)

18.2

—

45.1

2021
%

2020
%

1.90

1.40

3.30

2.20

2.00

2.20

1.80

3.30

3.20

2.50

3.10

2.20

2.90

1.80

1.70

1.90

1.60

2.70

2.60

2.20

2.60

2.00

2021
Years

2020
Years

21.1

22.4

21.5

22.9

For  the  Plan,  the  assets  are  invested  in  a  diversified  range  of  asset  classes  and  include  matching  assets 
(comprising fixed interest and index linked bonds and swaps) and growth assets (comprising all other assets).  
The  Trustees  have  formulated  a  de-risking  strategy  to  help  control  the  short  term  risks  of  volatility  associated 
with holding growth assets. The Trustees also monitor the cost of a buy-in to secure pensioner liabilities with an 
insurance company to ensure they are able to act if such an opportunity arises.  Other options to progressively 
reduce the scale of the liabilities are discussed between the Trustees and the Company. 

Risk exposures

The Company is at risk of adverse experience relating to the defined benefit plan.

The Plan holds a high proportion of assets in equity and other growth investments, with the intention of growing 
the  value  of  assets  relative  to  liabilities. The  Company  is  at  risk  if  the  value  of  liabilities  grows  at  a  faster  rate 
than the plan assets, or if there is a significant fall in the value of these assets not matched by a fall in the value 
of  liabilities.    If  these  events  occurred,  this  would  be  expected  to  lead  to  an  increase  in  the  Company’s  future 
cash contributions.

134

45. Retirement benefits (continued)

The amounts recognised in the income statement in respect of the pension plan were as follows:

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

In respect of defined benefit plan:
Net interest on net liability

Administrative expenses   

Past service cost

Total charge for defined benefit plan   

2021 
$M

2020
$M

0.6

0.8

—   

1.4

0.5

0.7

0.1 

1.3

For the year, the amount recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income is $42 million (2020: 17 million). 

The actual return on the plan assets was a gain of $17.5 million (2020: gain of $28.6 million). 

The value of the plan assets and liabilities were: 

Assets in active markets:
Equities and growth funds   

Government bonds   

Corporate bonds   

Cash   

Total market value of assets   

Present value of plan liabilities   

Surplus/(deficit) in the scheme

Related deferred income tax assets

Net pension asset/(liability)

2021
$M

2020
$M

149.9   

152.3 

64.6   

63.1 

147.5   

141.6 

14.6   
376.6   
(362.9)  
13.7   
(3.4)  
10.3   

1.9 

358.9 

(404.0) 

(45.1) 

8.9 

(36.2) 

The Plan does not invest directly in property occupied by the Company or in financial securities issued by the 
Company.

Analysis of movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligations:

At January 1   

Service cost   

Interest on obligation   

Actuarial (gains)/losses

Exchange difference

Benefits paid   

At December 31   

2021
$M

2020
$M

404.0   

359.2 

—   

5.6   

(29.3)  

(4.0)  

(13.4)  
362.9   

0.1 

7.5 

39.8 

12.1 

(14.7) 

404.0 

135

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure the present value of the defined benefit 
obligations are set out below:

Assumption
Discount rate

CPI inflation (and related increases)

Post retirement mortality

Change in assumption

Impact on total defined 
benefit obligations

Increase/decrease by 0.1%

Decrease/increase by 1%

Increase/decrease by 0.1%

Increase/decrease by 1%

Increase by 1 year

Increase by 4%

The sensitivities have been calculated to show the movement in the total defined benefit obligation in isolation, 
assuming no other changes in market conditions at the accounting date.  In practice, for example, a change in 
discount rate is likely to be associated with a movement in the value of the invested assets held by the Plan.

Analysis of movement in the present value of the fair value of plan assets:

At January 1   

Interest on plan assets   

Actual return on plan assets

Contributions from employers   

Administrative expenses   

Exchange differences

Benefits paid   

At December 31   

2021
$M

2020
$M

358.9   

5.1   
12.4   
18.2   
(0.8)  
(3.8)  
(13.4)  
376.6   

328.7 

7.0 

21.6 

5.9 

(0.7) 

11.1 

(14.7) 

358.9 

The estimated amount of employer contributions expected to be paid to the defined benefit pension plan for the 
year ending December 31, 2022 is nil (2021: $18.2 million actual employer contributions).

136

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

46.  Related party transactions

During 2021, the Company has made the following transactions and has the following outstanding balances at 
December 31, 2021 with related parties: 

Name of related party
Luxfer Group Limited
BA Holdings, Inc.
Luxfer Magtech Inc.

Income

Expenditure

Balances outstanding

Interest
$M
0.4   
0.8   
3.3   

Management 
recharges
$M
(0.7)  
—   
—   

Investments
$M
—   
10.0   
41.4   

Trade and other 
receivables
$M
17.2   
0.1   
0.2   

Trade and other 
payables
$M
— 
— 
— 

Of the balances outstanding held within investments, these balances are all interest bearing and are based on 
market rates of interest. 

During 2020, the Company has made the following transactions and has the following outstanding balances at 
December 31, 2020 with related parties: 

Name of related party
Luxfer Group Limited
MEL Chemicals, Inc.
Luxfer Overseas Holdings Limited
BA Holdings, Inc.
Magnesium Elektron North America, Inc.
Luxfer Group 2000 Limited
Luxfer Magtech Inc.
Luxfer Gas Cylinders Limited

Income

Expenditure

Balances outstanding

Interest
$M
0.3   
0.3   
0.3   
1.4   
0.4   
0.4   
3.4   
0.1   

Management 
recharges
$M
(0.7)  
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

Investments
$M
—   
—   
—   
10.0   
—   
—   
41.4   
—   

Trade and other 
receivables
$M
32.6   
—   
2.2   
—   
—   
—   
0.1   
—   

Trade and other 
payables
$M
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

Included within trade and other receivables is a loan to Luxfer Group Limited for $32.4 million. This loan is 
interest bearing, unsecured and is repayable on demand. 

In addition to the transactions above, share based compensation recharges have been made to Luxfer, Inc., 
Luxfer Gas Cylinders Limited, Luxfer Group Limited, BA Holdings, Inc., Magnesium Elektron Limited, Magnesium 
Elektron North America Inc, MEL Chemicals Inc, and Luxfer Magtech Inc for $0.4 million, $0.2 million, $0.6 
million, $0.8 million, $0.5 million, $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million respectively (2020: Luxfer, Inc., Luxfer 
Gas Cylinders Limited, Luxfer Group Limited, BA Holdings, Inc., Magnesium Elektron Limited, Magnesium 
Elektron North America Inc, MEL Chemicals Inc, Luxfer Magtech Inc, and  Luxfer Canada Limited for $2.0 
million, $0.3 million, $0.5 million, $0.9 million, $0.3 million, $0.1million, $0.5 million, $0.1 million and $0.5 million 
respectively).  These amounts are recognised as capital contributions in the year. 

Other than the transactions mentioned above, no other related party transactions have been identified. 

47.  Post balance sheet events

No post balance sheet events were identified which impact the financial statements.

137